Document
Table of Contents


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
 
 
 
 x
 
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
 
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 OR
 
 o
 
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
 THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
 
 
for the transition period from _________ to __________
 
Commission File Number 1-6887
BANK OF HAWAII CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware 
(State of incorporation)
 
99-0148992 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
130 Merchant Street, Honolulu, Hawaii 
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
96813 
(Zip Code)
1-888-643-3888
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, $.01 Par Value
 
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes x    No o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes o    No x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes x    No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
Yes x    No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (Section 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer x
 
Accelerated filer o
Non-accelerated filer o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Smaller reporting company o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).
Yes o    No x
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s outstanding voting common stock held by non-affiliates on June 30, 2016 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter), determined using the per share closing price on that date on the New York Stock Exchange of $68.80, was approximately $2,891,113,806. There was no non-voting common equity of the registrant outstanding on that date.
As of February 15, 2017, there were 42,644,446 shares of common stock outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Proxy Statement relating to the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 28, 2017, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report.
   


Table of Contents


Bank of Hawaii Corporation
2016 Form 10-K Annual Report
Table of Contents
 
 
Item Number
 
 
 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Part I
 
Item 1.
 
 
 
 
Item 1A.
 
 
 
 
Item 1B.
 
 
 
 
Item 2.
 
 
 
 
Item 3.
 
 
 
 
Item 4.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Part II
 
Item 5.
 
 
 
 
Item 6.
 
 
 
 
Item 7.
 
 
 
 
Item 7A.
 
 
 
 
Item 8.
 
 
 
 
Item 9.
 
 
 
 
Item 9A.
 
 
 
 
Item 9B.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Part III
 
Item 10.
 
 
 
 
Item 11.
 
 
 
 
Item 12.
 
 
 
 
Item 13.
 
 
 
 
Item 14.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Part IV
 
Item 15.
 
 
Signatures
 
 
 
 
 


1

Table of Contents


Part I
Item 1.  Business
 
General
 
Bank of Hawaii Corporation (the “Parent”) is a Delaware corporation and a bank holding company (“BHC”) headquartered in Honolulu, Hawaii. The Parent’s principal operating subsidiary, Bank of Hawaii (the “Bank”), was organized on December 17, 1897 and is chartered by the State of Hawaii. The Bank’s deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and the Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System.

The Bank, directly and through its subsidiaries, provides a broad range of financial products and services primarily to customers in Hawaii, Guam, and other Pacific Islands. References to “we,” “our,” “us,” or “the Company” refer to the Parent and its subsidiaries and are consolidated for financial reporting purposes. The Bank’s subsidiaries include Bank of Hawaii Leasing, Inc., Bankoh Investment Services, Inc., and Pacific Century Life Insurance Corporation. The Bank’s subsidiaries are engaged in equipment leasing, securities brokerage, investment advisory services, and providing credit insurance.

We are organized into four business segments for management reporting purposes: Retail Banking, Commercial Banking, Investment Services, and Treasury and Other. See Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) and Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

Our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports can be found free of charge on our website at www.boh.com as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The SEC maintains a website, www.sec.gov, which contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. Our Corporate Governance Guidelines; charters of the Audit and Risk Committee, the Human Resources and Compensation Committee, and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee; and our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics are available on our website at www.boh.com. Printed copies of this information may be obtained, without charge, by written request to the Corporate Secretary at 130 Merchant Street, Honolulu, Hawaii, 96813.

Competition

The Company operates in a highly competitive environment subject to intense competition from traditional financial service providers including banks, savings associations, credit unions, mortgage companies, finance companies, mutual funds, brokerage firms, insurance companies, and other non-traditional providers of financial services including financial service subsidiaries of commercial and manufacturing companies. Some of our competitors are not subject to the same level of regulation and oversight that is required of banks and BHCs. As a result, some of our competitors may have lower cost structures. Also, some of our competitors, through delivery channels such as the Internet, may be based outside of the markets that we serve. By emphasizing our extensive branch network, exceptional service levels, and knowledge of local trends and conditions, we believe the Company has developed an effective competitive advantage in its market.

Supervision and Regulation

Our operations are subject to extensive regulation by federal and state governmental authorities. The regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors, customers, and the integrity of the U.S. banking system and capital markets. The following information describes some of the more significant laws and regulations applicable to us. The descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the applicable laws and regulations. Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the banking industry are frequently raised in Congress, in state legislatures, and with the various bank regulatory agencies. Changes in applicable laws or regulations, or a change in the way such laws or regulations are interpreted by regulatory agencies or courts, may have a material impact on our business, operations, and earnings.

The Parent

The Parent is registered as a BHC under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”), and is subject to the supervision of and to examination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Bank (the “FRB”). The Parent is also registered as a financial institution holding company under the Hawaii Code of Financial Institutions (the “Code”) and is subject to the registration, reporting, and examination requirements of the Code.


2

Table of Contents


The BHC Act prohibits, with certain exceptions, a BHC from acquiring beneficial ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company, including a bank, without the FRB’s prior approval. The Act also prohibits a BHC from engaging in any activity other than banking, managing or controlling banks or other subsidiaries authorized under the BHC Act, or furnishing services to or performing services for its subsidiaries.

Under FRB policy, a BHC is expected to serve as a source of financial and management strength to its subsidiary bank. A BHC is also expected to commit resources to support its subsidiary bank in circumstances where it might not do so absent such a policy. Under this policy, a BHC is expected to stand ready to provide adequate capital funds to its subsidiary bank during periods of financial adversity and to maintain the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary bank.

Under the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act, banks and bank holding companies from any state are permitted to acquire banks located in any other state, subject to certain conditions, including certain nationwide and state-imposed deposit concentration limits. The Bank also has the ability, subject to certain restrictions, to acquire branches outside its home state by acquisition or merger. The establishment of new interstate branches is also possible in those states with laws that expressly permit de novo branching. Because the Code permits de novo branching by out-of-state banks, those banks may establish new branches in Hawaii. Interstate branches are subject to certain laws of the states in which they are located.

Bank of Hawaii

The Bank is subject to supervision and examination by the FRB of San Francisco and the State of Hawaii Department of Commerce and Consumer Affairs’ (“DCCA”) Division of Financial Institutions. The Bank is subject to extensive federal and state regulations that significantly affect its business and activities. These regulatory bodies have broad authority to implement standards and to initiate proceedings designed to prohibit depository institutions from engaging in activities that may represent unsafe or unsound banking practices or constitute violations of applicable laws, rules, regulations, administrative orders, or written agreements with regulators. The standards relate generally to operations and management, asset quality, interest rate exposure, capital, and executive compensation. These regulatory bodies are authorized to take action against institutions that fail to meet such standards, including the assessment of civil monetary penalties, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders, and other actions.

Bankoh Investment Services, Inc., the broker-dealer and investment advisor subsidiary of the Bank, is incorporated in Hawaii and is regulated by the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, and the DCCA’s Business Registration Division. Pacific Century Life Insurance Corporation is incorporated in Arizona and is regulated by the State of Arizona Department of Insurance.

The Dodd Frank Act

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) has broadly affected the financial services industry and significantly restructured the financial regulatory regime since its passage in July 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act and its regulations have implemented sweeping changes to the financial regulatory landscape aimed at strengthening the sound operation of the financial services sector by requiring ongoing stress testing of banks’ capital, mandating higher capital and liquidity requirements, establishing new standards for mortgage lenders, increasing regulation of executive and incentive-based compensation and numerous other provisions. Additional provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act also limit or place significant burdens and costs on activities traditionally conducted by banking organizations, such as arranging and participating in swap and derivative transactions, proprietary trading and investing in private equity and other funds. All of these new rules and regulations are expected to result in increased compliance and other costs, increased legal risk and decreased product offerings.

As is discussed throughout the following sections, many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to further rulemaking which will take effect over several years. These new rules and regulations will continue to significantly change the current bank regulatory structure and affect the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions, including the Company and the Bank. Although we have already experienced some decrease in revenue as a result of the rules implemented under the Dodd-Frank Act, it remains difficult to anticipate or predict the overall financial impact the Dodd-Frank Act will continue to have on the Company, our customers, our financial condition and results of operations, or the financial industry in general.


3

Table of Contents


Capital Requirements

In December 2010, the oversight body of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision finalized a set of international guidelines for determining regulatory capital known as “Basel III,” which includes reforms regarding capital, leverage, and liquidity. In July 2013, the FRB, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) and the FDIC finalized rules to implement the Basel III capital rules in the United States. These comprehensive rules are designed to help ensure that banks maintain strong capital positions by increasing both the quantity and quality of capital held by U.S. banking organizations. The final rules became effective for the Company on January 1, 2015. The final rules also include a new capital conservation buffer which began phasing in on January 1, 2016 and will increase annually until fully phased-in by January 1, 2019. See the “Regulatory Initiatives Affecting the Banking Industry” section in MD&A for more information on Basel III.

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), the federal banking agencies possess broad powers to take prompt corrective action to resolve problems of insured depository institutions. FDICIA identifies five capital categories for insured depository institutions: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized.” Under regulations established by the federal banking agencies, upon implementing the Basel III capital guidelines, a “well capitalized” institution must have a Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio of at least 6.5%, a Tier 1 Capital Ratio of at least 8%, a Total Capital Ratio of at least 10%, a Tier 1 Leverage Ratio of at least 5%, and not be subject to a capital directive order. As of December 31, 2016, the Bank was classified as “well capitalized.” The classification of a depository institution under FDICIA is primarily for the purpose of applying the federal banking agencies’ prompt corrective action provisions, and is not intended to be, nor should it be interpreted as, a representation of the overall financial condition or the prospects of that financial institution. See Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

As part of implementing the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, in October 2012, the FRB published final rules requiring banks with total consolidated assets of more than $10.0 billion to conduct and publish annual stress tests. In March 2014, the FRB, OCC, and FDIC issued final supervisory guidance for these stress tests. Compliance with these requirements began in October 2013. See the “Regulatory Initiatives Affecting the Banking Industry” section in MD&A for more information on stress testing.
 
Dividend Restrictions

The Parent is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank. The Parent’s principal source of funds to pay dividends on its common stock and to service its debt is dividends from the Bank. Various federal and state laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends the Bank may pay to the Parent without regulatory approval. The FRB is authorized to determine the circumstances when the payment of dividends would be an unsafe or unsound practice and to prohibit such payments. The right of the Parent, its shareholders, and creditors, to participate in any distribution of the assets or earnings of its subsidiaries is also subject to the prior claims of creditors of those subsidiaries. For information regarding the limitations on the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to the Parent, see Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders

Under federal law, the Bank is subject to restrictions that limit the transfer of funds or other items of value to the Parent, and any other non-bank affiliates in so-called “covered transactions.” In general, covered transactions include loans, leases, other extensions of credit, investments and asset purchases, as well as other transactions involving the transfer of value from the Bank to an affiliate or for the benefit of an affiliate. The Dodd-Frank Act broadened the definition of affiliate, and the definition of covered transaction to include securities borrowing/lending, repurchase/reverse repurchase agreements, and derivative transactions that the Bank may have with an affiliate. The Dodd-Frank Act also strengthened the collateral requirements and limited FRB exemptive authority.

Unless an exemption applies, covered transactions by the Bank with a single affiliate are limited to 10% of the Bank’s capital and surplus, and with respect to all covered transactions with affiliates in the aggregate, they are limited to 20% of the Bank’s capital and surplus.

The Federal Reserve Act also requires that certain transactions between the Bank and its affiliates be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the Bank, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with or involving other non-affiliated persons. The FRB has issued Regulation W which codifies the above restrictions on transactions with affiliates.


4

Table of Contents


The restrictions on loans to directors, executive officers, principal shareholders and their related interests (collectively referred to as “insiders”) contained in the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O apply to all insured institutions and their subsidiaries and holding companies. These restrictions include limits on loans to one borrower and conditions that must be met before such loans can be made. There is also an aggregate limitation on all loans to insiders and their related interests. These loans cannot exceed the institution’s total unimpaired capital and surplus. The definition of “extension of credit” for transactions with executive officers, directors, and principal shareholders was also expanded under the Dodd-Frank Act to include credit exposure arising from derivative transactions, repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements, and securities lending or borrowing transactions.

Volcker Rule

On December 10, 2013, the final “Volcker Rule” under the Dodd-Frank Act was approved by the FRB, the OCC, the FDIC, the SEC, and the Commodities Futures Trading Commission. The Volcker Rule prohibits U.S. banks from engaging in proprietary trading and restricts those banking entities from sponsoring, investing in, or having certain relationships with hedge funds and private equity funds (“covered funds”). The prohibitions under the Volcker Rule are subject to a number of statutory exemptions, restrictions, and definitions. In connection with the issuance of the regulations, the FRB exercised its authority to extend the conformance period for compliance with the Volcker Rule by one year from July 21, 2014 to July 21, 2015. During the remaining conformance period, each banking entity was expected to engage in good faith efforts that will result in conformance of all its activities and investments with the requirements of the Volcker Rule by July 21, 2015. On December 18, 2014, the FRB issued an order extending, for an additional year to July 21, 2016, the Volcker Rule conformance period for banking entities to conform their investments in and relationships with covered funds subject to the Volcker Rule that were in place prior to December 31, 2013. No additional extension was granted for the conformance period for proprietary trading which expired on July 21, 2015. On July 7, 2016, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System issued an order that extended the Volcker Rule conformance period with respect to investments in, and relationships with, covered funds and foreign funds that were in place prior to December 31, 2013, to July 21, 2017. The Company does not anticipate that the Volcker Rule will have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, but continues to evaluate its application to our current and future operations.

FDIC Insurance

The FDIC provides insurance coverage for certain deposits through the Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”), which the FDIC maintains by assessing depository institutions an insurance premium. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the amount of deposit insurance coverage for deposits increased permanently from $100,000 to $250,000, per depositor, for each account ownership category. The Company pays deposit insurance premiums to the FDIC based on an assessment rate established by the FDIC.
Our FDIC insurance assessment was $8.6 million in 2016, $8.7 million in 2015, and $7.9 million in 2014.

In March 2016, the FDIC approved a final rule that imposes on banks with at least $10 billion in assets, such as the Company, a surcharge of 4.5 cents per $100 of their assessment base, after making certain adjustments. The surcharge became effective for the third quarter of 2016 and the FDIC estimates the surcharge will be imposed for approximately two years. The surcharge takes effect at the same time that the regular FDIC insurance assessment rates for all banks decline under a rule adopted by the FDIC in 2011. We estimate that the net effect of the FDIC assessment changes noted above will reduce our annual FDIC insurance expense by approximately $0.8 million.

Other Safety and Soundness Regulations

As required by FDICIA, the federal banking agencies’ prompt corrective action powers impose progressively more restrictive constraints on operations, management and capital distributions, depending on the category in which an institution is classified. These actions can include: requiring an insured depository institution to adopt a capital restoration plan guaranteed by the institution’s parent company; placing limits on asset growth and restrictions on activities, including restrictions on transactions with affiliates; restricting the interest rates the institution may pay on deposits; prohibiting the payment of principal or interest on subordinated debt; prohibiting the holding company from making capital distributions without prior regulatory approval; and, ultimately, appointing a receiver for the institution.

The federal banking agencies also have adopted guidelines prescribing safety and soundness standards relating to internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, and compensation and benefits. The federal regulatory agencies may take action against a financial institution that does not meet such standards.


5

Table of Contents


Depositor Preference

The FDIC provides that, in the event of the “liquidation or other resolution” of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors of the institution, including the claims of the FDIC as subrogee of insured depositors, and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver, will have priority over other general unsecured claims against the institution. If an insured depository institution fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, non-deposit creditors, including depositors whose deposits are payable only outside of the United States and the parent bank holding company, with respect to any extensions of credit they have made to such insured depository institution.

Community Reinvestment and Consumer Protection Laws

In connection with its lending activities, the Bank is subject to a number of federal laws designed to protect borrowers and promote lending to various sectors of the economy and population. These include the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Truth-in-Lending Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, and the Community Reinvestment Act (the “CRA”). In addition, federal banking regulators, pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, have enacted regulations limiting the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose nonpublic consumer information to non-affiliated third parties. The regulations require disclosure of privacy policies and allow consumers to prevent certain personal information from being shared with non-affiliated third parties.

The CRA requires the appropriate federal banking agency, in connection with its examination of a bank, to assess the bank’s record in meeting the credit needs of the communities served by the bank, including low and moderate income neighborhoods.
Under the CRA, institutions are assigned a rating of “outstanding,” “satisfactory,” “needs to improve,” or “substantial non-compliance.” The Bank received an “outstanding” rating in its most recent CRA evaluation.

The Company is subject to a number of federal and state consumer protection laws that extensively govern its relationship with its customers. These laws include the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Service Members Civil Relief Act and these laws’ respective state-law counterparts, as well as state usury laws and laws regarding unfair and deceptive acts and practices. These and other federal laws, among other things, require disclosures of the cost of credit and terms of deposit accounts, provide substantive consumer rights, prohibit discrimination in credit transactions, regulate the use of credit report information, provide financial privacy protections, prohibit unfair, deceptive and abusive practices, restrict the Company’s ability to raise interest rates and subject the Company to substantial regulatory oversight. Violations of applicable consumer protection laws can result in significant potential liability from litigation brought by customers, including actual damages, restitution and attorneys’ fees. Federal bank regulators, state attorneys general and state and local consumer protection agencies may also seek to enforce consumer protection requirements and obtain these and other remedies, including regulatory sanctions, customer rescission rights, action by the state attorney general and civil money penalties. Failure to comply with consumer protection requirements may also result in our failure to obtain any required bank regulatory approval for transactions the Company may wish to pursue or our prohibition from engaging in such transactions even if approval is not required.

The Dodd-Frank Act created the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”) as an agency responsible for promulgating regulations designed to protect consumers including implementing, examining and enforcing compliance with federal consumer financial laws. The Dodd-Frank Act adds prohibitions on unfair, deceptive and abusive acts and practices to the scope of consumer protection regulations overseen and enforced by the CFPB. The CFPB, along with other prudential regulators and the Department of Justice, have also expanded the focus of their regulatory examinations and investigations to include “fair and responsible banking.” Fair and responsible banking strives to provide equal credit opportunities to all applicants of a community, to prohibit discrimination by lenders on the basis of certain borrower characteristics, and to ensure that a bank’s practices are not deceptive, unfair, or take unreasonable advantage of consumers or businesses when offering retail financial services. The focus also has been expanded to encompass the entire loan life cycle, including post-closing activities such as collections and servicing, and pre-application activities such as marketing and loan solicitation and origination.  Fair and responsible banking is intended to ensure that banks provide fair and equitable access to the entire spectrum of financial products and services, including credit cards, student and auto lending, to all consumers and businesses in the marketplaces they serve, and strive to be clear and transparent in all communications with customers, treating them fairly in all circumstances.

Most of the rules and regulations under the Dodd Frank Act have been implemented. The Company continues to monitor and implement additional rules and regulations and to evaluate their application to our current and future operations.


6

Table of Contents


Bank Secrecy Act / Anti-Money Laundering Laws

The Bank is subject to the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001. The USA PATRIOT Act substantially broadened the scope of U.S. anti-money laundering laws and regulations by creating new laws, regulations, and penalties, imposing significant new compliance and due diligence obligations, and expanding the application of those laws outside the U.S. These laws and regulations require the Bank to implement policies, procedures, and controls to detect, prevent, and report potential money laundering and terrorist financing and to verify the identity of its customers. Violations of these requirements can result in substantial civil and criminal sanctions. In addition, provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act require the federal financial institution regulatory agencies to consider the effectiveness of a financial institution’s anti-money laundering activities when reviewing bank mergers and BHC acquisitions.

Employees

As of December 31, 2016, we employed 2,122 full-time equivalent employees.


7

Table of Contents


Executive Officers of the Registrant

Listed below are executive officers of the Parent as of December 31, 2016.

Peter S. Ho, 51
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since July 2010 and President since April 2008.

Kent T. Lucien, 63
Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer since April 2008.

Sharon M. Crofts, 51
Vice Chairman, Client Solutions Group since April 2016; Vice Chairman, Operations and Technology from October 2012 to March 2016; Senior Executive Vice President of Operations from May 2008 to October 2012.

Wayne Y. Hamano, 62
Vice Chairman since December 2008 and Chief Commercial Officer since September 2007.

Mark A. Rossi, 67
Vice Chairman, Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel, and Corporate Secretary since February 2007.

Mary E. Sellers, 60
Vice Chairman and Chief Risk Officer since July 2005.

Donna A. Tanoue, 62
Vice Chairman, Client Relations and Community Activities since February 2007; President of the Bank of Hawaii Foundation since April 2006.

Derek J. Norris, 67
Vice Chairman, Residential and Consumer Lending since August 2014; Senior Executive Vice President and Controller from December 2009 to July 2014.

James C. Polk, 50
Vice Chairman, Consumer Banking since June 2016; Senior Executive Vice President, Consumer Banking from January 2016 to May 2016; Senior Executive Vice President, Mortgage Banking from August 2014 to January 2016; Senior Executive Vice President, Commercial Banking from September 2010 to July 2014.

Dean Y. Shigemura, 53
Senior Executive Vice President and Controller since August 2014; Senior Executive Vice President and Treasurer from May 2008 to July 2014.

8

Table of Contents


Item 1A.  Risk Factors

There are a number of risks and uncertainties that could negatively affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. We are subject to various risks resulting from changing economic, environmental, political, industry, business, financial and regulatory conditions. The risks and uncertainties described below are some of the important inherent risk factors that could affect our business and operations, although they are not the only risks that may have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Changes in business and economic conditions, in particular those of Hawaii, Guam and other Pacific Islands, could lead to lower revenue, lower asset quality, and lower earnings.

Unlike larger national or other regional banks that are more geographically diversified, our business and earnings are closely tied to the economies of Hawaii and the Pacific Islands. These local economies rely heavily on tourism, the U.S. military, real estate, construction, government, and other service-based industries. Lower visitor arrivals or spending, real or threatened acts of war or terrorism, increases in energy costs, the availability of affordable air transportation, climate change, natural disasters and adverse weather, public health issues including Asian air pollution, and Federal, State of Hawaii and County budget issues may impact consumer and corporate spending. As a result, such events may contribute to a significant deterioration in general economic conditions in our markets which could adversely impact us and our customers’ operations.

General economic conditions in Hawaii remained healthy in 2016, led by a strong tourism industry, relatively low unemployment, rising real estate prices, and an active construction industry. However, deterioration of economic conditions, either locally or nationally, could adversely affect the quality of our assets, credit losses, and the demand for our products and services, which could lead to lower revenues and lower earnings. The level of visitor arrivals and spending, housing prices, and unemployment rates are some of the metrics that we continually monitor. We also monitor the value of collateral, such as real estate, that secures the loans we have made. The borrowing power of our customers could also be negatively impacted by a decline in the value of collateral.

Changes in defense spending by the federal government as a result of congressional budget cuts could adversely impact the economy in Hawaii and the Pacific Islands.

The U.S. military has a major presence in Hawaii and the Pacific Islands. As a result, the U.S. military is an important aspect of the economies in which we operate. The funding of the U.S. military is subject to the overall U.S. Government budget and appropriation decisions and processes which are driven by numerous factors, including geo-political events, macroeconomic conditions, and the ability and willingness of the U.S. Government to enact legislation. U.S. Government appropriations have been and likely will continue to be affected by larger U.S. Government budgetary issues and related legislation. Cuts in defense and other security spending could have an adverse impact on the economies in which we operate, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Changes in interest rates could adversely impact our results of operations and capital.
 
Our earnings are highly dependent on the spread between the interest earned on loans, leases, and investment securities and the interest paid on deposits and borrowings. Changes in market interest rates impact the rates earned on loans, leases, and investment securities and the rates paid on deposits and borrowings. In addition, changes to market interest rates could impact the level of loans, leases, investment securities, deposits, and borrowings, and the credit profile of our current borrowers. Interest rates are affected by many factors beyond our control, and fluctuate in response to general economic conditions, currency fluctuations, and the monetary and fiscal policies of various governmental and regulatory authorities. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, will influence the origination of loans and leases, the purchase of investments, the generation of deposits, and the rates received on loans and investment securities and paid on deposits. Any substantial prolonged change in market interest rates may negatively impact our ability to attract deposits, originate loans and leases, and achieve satisfactory interest rate spreads, any of which could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

Credit losses could increase if economic conditions stagnate or deteriorate.

Although economic conditions are currently healthy nationally and in Hawaii, increased credit losses for us could result if economic conditions stagnate or deteriorate. The risk of nonpayment on loans and leases is inherent in all lending activities. We maintain a reserve for credit losses to absorb estimated probable credit losses inherent in the loan, lease, and commitment portfolios as of the balance sheet date. Management makes various assumptions and judgments about the loan and lease portfolio in determining the level of the reserve for credit losses. Many of these assumptions are based on current economic conditions.

9

Table of Contents


Should economic conditions stagnate or deteriorate nationally or in Hawaii, we may experience higher credit losses in future periods.

Inability of our borrowers to make timely repayments on their loans, or decreases in real estate collateral values may result in increased delinquencies, foreclosures, and customer bankruptcies, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Legislation and regulatory initiatives affecting the financial services industry, including new restrictions and requirements, could detrimentally affect the Company’s business.

In light of the financial crisis which began in 2008, regulators have increased their focus on the regulation of financial institutions. Laws and regulations, and in particular banking and securities laws, are under intense scrutiny. The Dodd-Frank Act, enacted in July 2010, triggered sweeping reforms to the financial services industry. Although many of the rules and regulations implementing the Dodd-Frank Act have already gone into effect, some of the rules required to be implemented under the Dodd-Frank Act have yet to be implemented and will require further interpretation and rulemaking by federal regulators. We are closely monitoring all relevant sections of the Dodd-Frank Act, as well as statements and initiatives by the new administration regarding potential delay or cancellation of such rulemaking, in our efforts to comply with these new laws and regulations. The Dodd-Frank Act and its implementing rules and regulations have resulted and are likely to continue to result in increased compliance costs and fees, along with possible restrictions on our operations, any of which may have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

The CFPB has exercised its broad rule-making, supervisory, and examination authority of consumer financial products, as well as expanded data collection and enforcement powers, over depository institutions with more than $10.0 billion in assets. As a result of greater regulatory scrutiny of consumer financial products, the Company has become subject to more and expanded regulatory examinations and/or investigations, which also could result in increased costs and harm to our reputation in the event of a failure to comply with the increased regulatory requirements. All of these rules have created challenges for product and service offerings, operations and compliance programs for the Company.

Regulation of overall safety and soundness, the CRA, federal housing and flood insurance, as they pertain to consumer financial products and services, remain with the FRB. Many of the rules and regulations of the CFPB have not been implemented, and therefore, the scope and impact of the CFPB’s actions cannot be determined at this time. This creates significant uncertainty for us and for the financial services industry in general.

These new laws, regulations, and changes, and the uncertainty surrounding whether such laws, regulations and changes will be fully implemented, repealed or reinstated, may continue to increase our costs of regulatory compliance. They may significantly affect the markets in which we do business, the markets for and value of our investments, and our ongoing operations, costs, and profitability.

Changes in the capital, leverage, liquidity requirements and the introduction of stress testing requirements for financial institutions could materially affect future requirements of the Company.

Under Basel III, financial institutions are required to have more capital and a higher quality of capital. Under the final rules issued by the banking regulators, minimum requirements increased for both the quantity and quality of capital held by the Company. The phase-in period for the final rules began for the Company on January 1, 2015, with full compliance with all of the final rule’s requirements phased in over a multi-year schedule.

On October 9, 2012, the FRB published final rules implementing the stress testing requirements for banks, such as the Company, with total consolidated assets of more than $10.0 billion but less than $50.0 billion. The final stress testing rules set forth the timing and type of stress test activities, as well as rules governing controls, oversight and disclosure.

Compliance with Basel III and the results of our stress testing may result in increased capital, liquidity, and disclosure requirements. See the “Regulatory Initiatives Affecting the Banking Industry” section in MD&A for more information.


10

Table of Contents


Consumer protection initiatives related to the foreclosure process could affect our remedies as a creditor.

Proposed consumer protection initiatives related to the foreclosure process, including voluntary and/or mandatory programs intended to permit or require lenders to consider loan modifications or other alternatives to foreclosure, could increase our credit losses or increase our expense in pursuing our remedies as a creditor.

Hawaii has overhauled its rules for nonjudicial, or out-of-court, foreclosures.  The revised rules have had the unintended effect of many lenders forgoing nonjudicial foreclosures entirely and filing all foreclosures in court, creating a backlog that has slowed the judicial foreclosure process.  In addition, the joint federal-state settlement with several mortgage servicers over foreclosure practice abuses creates additional uncertainty for the Company, and the mortgage servicing industry in general, as it relates to the implementation of mortgage loan modifications and loss mitigation practices in the future.  The manner in which these issues are ultimately resolved could impact our foreclosure procedures, which in turn could affect our financial condition or results of operations.

Competition may adversely affect our business.

Our future depends on our ability to compete effectively. We compete for deposits, loans, leases, and other financial services with a variety of competitors, including banks, thrifts, savings associations, credit unions, mortgage companies, finance companies, mutual funds, brokerage firms, insurance companies, and other non-traditional providers of financial services, including financial service subsidiaries of commercial and manufacturing companies, all of which may be based in or outside of Hawaii and the Pacific Islands. We expect competitive conditions to intensify as consolidation in the financial services industry continues. The financial services industry is also likely to become more competitive as further technological advances enable more companies, including non-depository institutions, to provide financial services. Some of our competitors are not subject to the same level of regulation and oversight that is required of banks and BHCs. As a result, some of our competitors may have lower cost structures. Also, some of our competitors, through delivery channels such as the Internet, may be based outside of the markets that we serve. Under the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act, banks and bank holding companies from any state are permitted to acquire banks located in any other state, subject to certain conditions, including certain nationwide and state-imposed deposit concentration limits. Because the Code permits de novo branching by out-of-state banks, those banks may establish new branches in Hawaii. Interstate branches are subject to certain laws of the states in which they are located. Failure to effectively compete, innovate, and to make effective use of available channels to deliver our products and services could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

The Parent’s liquidity is dependent on dividends from the Bank.

The Parent is a separate and distinct legal entity from the Bank. The Parent receives substantially all of its cash in the form of dividends from the Bank. These dividends are the principal source of funds to pay, for example, dividends on the Parent’s common stock or to repurchase common stock under the Parent’s share repurchase program. Various federal and state laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that the Bank may pay to the Parent. If the amount of dividends paid by the Bank is further limited, the Parent’s ability to meet its obligations, pay dividends to shareholders, or repurchase stock, may be further limited as well.

A failure in or breach of our operational systems, information systems, or infrastructure, or those of our third party vendors and other service providers, may result in financial losses, loss of customers, or damage to our reputation.

We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. In addition, we rely on third parties to provide key components of our infrastructure, including loan, deposit and general ledger processing, internet connections, and network access. These types of information and related systems are critical to the operation of our business and essential to our ability to perform day-to-day operations, and, in some cases, are critical to the operations of certain of our customers. These third parties with which we do business or that facilitate our business activities, including exchanges, clearing firms, financial intermediaries or vendors that provide services or security solutions for our operations, could also be sources of operational and information security risk to us, including breakdowns or failures of their own systems or capacity constraints. Although we have safeguards and business continuity plans in place, our business operations may be adversely affected by significant and widespread disruption to our physical infrastructure or operating systems that support our business and our customers, resulting in financial losses, loss of customers, or damage to our reputation.


11

Table of Contents


An interruption or breach in security of our information systems or those related to merchants and third party vendors, including as a result of cyber attacks, could disrupt our business, result in the disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary information, damage our reputation, or result in financial losses.

Our technologies, systems, networks and software, and those of other financial institutions have been, and are likely to continue to be, the target of cybersecurity threats and attacks, which may range from uncoordinated individual attempts to sophisticated and targeted measures directed at us. These cybersecurity threats and attacks may include, but are not limited to, attempts to access information, including customer and company information, malicious code, computer viruses and denial of service attacks that could result in unauthorized access, misuse, loss or destruction of data (including confidential customer information), account takeovers, unavailability of service or other events. These types of threats may result from human error, fraud or malice on the part of external or internal parties, or from accidental technological failure. Further, to access our products and services our customers may use computers and mobile devices that are beyond our security control systems. The risk of a security breach or disruption, particularly through cyber-attack or cyber intrusion, including by computer hackers, has increased as the number, intensity and sophistication of attempted attacks and intrusions from around the world have increased.

Our business requires the collection and retention of large volumes of customer data, including credit card numbers and other personally identifiable information in various information systems that we maintain and in those maintained by third parties with whom we contract to provide data services. We also maintain important internal company data such as personally identifiable information about our employees and information relating to our operations. The integrity and protection of that customer and company data is important to us. As customer, public, legislative and regulatory expectations and requirements regarding operational and information security have increased, our operations systems and infrastructure must continue to be safeguarded and monitored for potential failures, disruptions and breakdowns.

Our customers and employees have been, and will continue to be, targeted by parties using fraudulent e-mails and other communications in attempts to misappropriate passwords, credit card numbers, bank account information or other personal information or to introduce viruses or other malware through “trojan horse” programs to our customers’ computers. These communications may appear to be legitimate messages sent by the Bank or other businesses, but direct recipients to fake websites operated by the sender of the e-mail or request that the recipient send a password or other confidential information via e-mail or download a program. Despite our efforts to mitigate these threats through product improvements, use of encryption and authentication technology to secure online transmission of confidential consumer information, and customer and employee education, such attempted frauds against us or our merchants and our third party service providers remain a serious issue. The pervasiveness of cyber security incidents in general and the risks of cyber-crime are complex and continue to evolve. In light of several recent high-profile retail data breaches involving customer personal and financial information, we believe the potential impact on the Company and any exposure to consumer losses and the cost of technology investments to improve security could cause customer and/or Bank losses, damage to our brand, and increase our costs.

Although we make significant efforts to maintain the security and integrity of our information systems and have implemented various measures to manage the risk of a security breach or disruption, there can be no assurance that our security efforts and measures will be effective or that attempted security breaches or disruptions would not be successful or damaging. Even the most well-protected information, networks, systems and facilities remain potentially vulnerable because attempted security breaches, particularly cyber-attacks and intrusions, or disruptions will occur in the future, and because the techniques used in such attempts are constantly evolving and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, and in some cases are designed not to be detected and, in fact, may not be detected. Accordingly, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate security barriers or other preventative measures, and thus it is virtually impossible for us to entirely mitigate this risk. A security breach or other significant disruption could: 1) disrupt the proper functioning of our networks and systems and therefore our operations and/or those of certain of our customers; 2) result in the unauthorized access to, and destruction, loss, theft, misappropriation or release of confidential, sensitive or otherwise valuable information of ours or our customers, including account numbers and other financial information; 3) result in a violation of applicable privacy, data breach and other laws, subjecting the Bank to additional regulatory scrutiny and exposing the Bank to civil litigation, governmental fines and possible financial liability; 4) require significant management attention and resources to remedy the damages that result; or 5) harm our reputation or cause a decrease in the number of customers that choose to do business with us or reduce the level of business that our customers do with us. The occurrence of any such failures, disruptions or security breaches could have a negative impact on our results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows as well as damage our brand and reputation.


12

Table of Contents


Negative public opinion could damage our reputation and adversely impact our earnings and liquidity.

Reputational risk, or the risk to our business, earnings, liquidity, and capital from negative public opinion, could result from our actual or alleged conduct in a variety of areas, including legal and regulatory compliance, lending practices, corporate governance, litigation, ethical issues, or inadequate protection of customer information. We expend significant resources to comply with regulatory requirements. Failure to comply could result in reputational harm or significant legal or remedial costs. Damage to our reputation could adversely affect our ability to retain and attract new customers, and adversely impact our earnings and liquidity.

We are subject to certain litigation, and our expenses related to this litigation may adversely affect our results.

We are, from time to time, involved in various legal proceedings arising from our normal business activities. These claims and legal actions, including supervisory actions by our regulators, could involve large monetary claims and significant defense costs. The outcome of these cases is uncertain. Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against us could have material financial effects or cause significant reputational harm to us, which in turn could seriously harm our business prospects. We may be exposed to substantial uninsured liabilities, which could materially affect our results of operations and financial condition. Based on information currently available, we believe that the eventual outcome of known actions against us will not be materially in excess of such amounts accrued by us. However, in the event of unexpected future developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of those matters may be material to our financial results for any particular period. See the Contingencies section of Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

Changes in income tax laws or interpretations or in accounting standards could materially affect our financial condition or results of operations.

Changes in income tax laws could be enacted, or interpretations of existing income tax laws could change, causing an adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. Similarly, our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we report our financial condition and results of operations. Some of these policies require use of estimates and assumptions that may affect the value of our assets, liabilities, and financial results. Periodically, new accounting standards are issued or existing standards are revised, changing the methods for preparing our financial statements. These changes are not within our control and may significantly impact our financial condition and results of operations.

Our performance depends on attracting and retaining key employees and skilled personnel to operate our business effectively.

Our success is dependent on our ability to recruit qualified and skilled personnel to operate our business effectively. Competition for these qualified and skilled people is intense. There are a limited number of qualified personnel in the markets we serve, so our success depends in part on the continued services of many of our current management and other key employees. Failure to retain our key employees and maintain adequate staffing of qualified personnel could adversely impact our operations and our ability to compete.

The soundness of other financial institutions, as counterparties, may adversely impact our financial condition or results of operations.

Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, lending, counterparty, or other relationships. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions or the financial services industry in general have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and we routinely execute transactions with brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual funds, and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of default of our counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by us cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the loan or derivative exposure due us. Such losses could materially affect our financial condition or results of operations.


13

Table of Contents


Changes in the capital markets could materially affect the level of assets under management and the demand for our other fee-based services.

Changes in the capital markets could affect the volume of income from and demand for our fee-based services. Our investment management revenues depend in large part on the level of assets under management. Market volatility that leads customers to liquidate investments, move investments to other institutions or asset classes, as well as lower asset values can reduce our level of assets under management and thereby decrease our investment management revenues.

Our mortgage banking income may experience significant volatility.

Our mortgage banking income is highly influenced by the level and direction of mortgage interest rates, real estate activity, and refinancing activity. Interest rates can affect the amount of mortgage banking activity and impact fee income and the fair value of our derivative financial instruments and mortgage servicing rights. Mortgage banking income may also be impacted by changes in our strategy to manage our residential mortgage portfolio. For example, we may occasionally decide to add more conforming saleable loans to our portfolio (as opposed to selling the loans in the secondary market) which would reduce our gains on sales of residential mortgage loans. These variables could adversely affect mortgage banking income.

The requirement to record certain assets and liabilities at fair value may adversely affect our financial results.

We report certain assets, including available-for-sale investment securities, at fair value. Generally, for assets that are reported at fair value we use quoted market prices or valuation models that utilize market data inputs to estimate fair value. Because we record these assets at their estimated fair value, we may incur losses even if the asset in question presents minimal credit risk. The level of interest rates can impact the estimated fair value of investment securities. Disruptions in the capital markets may require us to recognize other-than-temporary impairments in future periods with respect to investment securities in our portfolio. The amount and timing of any impairment recognized will depend on the severity and duration of the decline in fair value of our investment securities and our estimation of the anticipated recovery period.

There can be no assurance that the Parent will continue to declare cash dividends or repurchase stock.

During 2016, the Parent repurchased 847,964 shares of common stock at a total cost of $58.0 million under its share repurchase program. The Parent also paid cash dividends of $81.2 million during 2016. In January 2017, the Parent’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.50 per share on the Parent’s outstanding shares. In addition, from January 1, 2017 through February 15, 2017, the Parent repurchased an additional 51,500 shares of common stock at an average cost of $86.39 per share and a total cost of $4.4 million.

Whether we continue, and the amount and timing of, such dividends and/or stock repurchases is subject to capital availability and periodic determinations by our Board of Directors that cash dividends and/or stock repurchases are in the best interest of our shareholders. We continue to evaluate the potential impact that regulatory proposals may have on our liquidity and capital management strategies, including Basel III and those required under the Dodd-Frank Act. The actual amount and timing of future dividends and share repurchases, if any, will depend on market and economic conditions, applicable SEC rules, federal and state regulatory restrictions, and various other factors. In addition, the amount we spend and the number of shares we are able to repurchase under our stock repurchase program may further be affected by a number of other factors, including the stock price and blackout periods in which we are restricted from repurchasing shares. Our dividend payments and/or stock repurchases may change from time to time, and we cannot provide assurance that we will continue to declare dividends and/or repurchase stock in any particular amounts or at all. A reduction in or elimination of our dividend payments and/or stock repurchases could have a negative effect on our stock price.

Natural disasters and adverse weather could negatively affect real estate property and bank operations.
Real estate and real estate property values play an important role for the Bank in several ways. The Bank owns many real estate properties, primarily located in Hawaii. Real estate is also utilized as collateral for many of our loans. A natural disaster could cause property values to fall, which could require the Bank to record an impairment on its financial statements. A natural disaster could also impact collateral values, which would increase our exposure to loan defaults. Our business operations could also suffer to the extent the Bank cannot utilize its branch network due to weather-related damage.


14

Table of Contents


Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2.  Properties

Our principal offices are located in the Financial Plaza of the Pacific in Honolulu, Hawaii. We own and lease other branch offices and operating facilities located throughout Hawaii and the Pacific Islands. Additional information with respect to premises and equipment is presented in Notes 6 and 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

We are from time to time subject to lawsuits, investigations and claims arising out of the conduct of our business. Management believes that the ultimate resolution of these matters is not likely to materially affect our financial position and results of operations. For additional information, see Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, under the discussion related to Contingencies.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not Applicable.


15

Table of Contents


Part II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information, Shareholders, and Dividends

Information regarding the historical market prices of the Parent’s common stock, book value, and dividends declared on that stock are shown below.

Market Prices, Book Values, and Common Stock Dividends Per Share
 
 
Market Price Range
Book Value
 
Dividends
Declared
 
Year/Period
High
 
Low
 
Close
 
2016
 
$
89.72

 
$
54.55

 
$
88.69

 
$
27.24

 
$
1.89

First Quarter
 
69.37

 
54.55

 
68.28

 
 
 
0.45

Second Quarter
 
72.77

 
64.96

 
68.80

 
 
 
0.48

Third Quarter
 
73.44

 
65.19

 
72.62

 
 
 
0.48

Fourth Quarter
 
89.72

 
71.73

 
88.69

 
 
 
0.48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2015
 
$
70.07

 
$
53.90

 
$
62.90

 
$
25.79

 
$
1.80

First Quarter
 
62.58

 
53.90

 
61.21

 
 
 
0.45

Second Quarter
 
68.10

 
58.70

 
66.68

 
 
 
0.45

Third Quarter
 
69.00

 
58.53

 
63.49

 
 
 
0.45

Fourth Quarter
 
70.07

 
60.55

 
62.90

 
 
 
0.45


The common stock of the Parent is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE Symbol: BOH) and quoted daily in leading financial publications. As of February 15, 2017, there were 6,083 common shareholders of record.

The Parent’s Board of Directors considers on a quarterly basis the feasibility of paying a cash dividend to its shareholders and the level and feasibility of repurchasing shares of the Parent’s common stock. Under the Parent’s historical practice, dividends declared are paid within the quarter. See “Dividend Restrictions” under “Supervision and Regulation” in Item 1 of this report and Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Period
 
Total Number of
Shares Purchased 
1
Average Price
Paid Per Share
 
 
Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or
Programs
Approximate Dollar Value
of Shares that May Yet Be
Purchased Under the
Plans or Programs 
2
 
October 1 - 31, 2016
 
73,455
 
$
73.70

 
73,000
 
$
70,048,576

November 1 - 30, 2016
 
41,234
 
80.13

 
40,500
 
66,798,630

December 1 - 31, 2016
 
20,464
 
87.72

 
20,464
 
65,003,445

Total
 
135,153
 
$
77.78

 
133,964
 
 

1 During the fourth quarter of 2016, 1,189 shares were purchased by the trustee of a trust established pursuant to the Bank of Hawaii Corporation Director Deferred Compensation Plan (the “DDCP”) directly from the Parent in satisfaction of the Company’s obligations to participants under the DDCP. The issuance of these shares was made in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) by Section 4(a)(2) thereof. The trustee under the trust and the participants under the DDCP are accredited investors, as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act. The transaction did not involve a public offering and occurred without general solicitation or advertising. The shares were purchased at the closing price of the Parent’s common stock on the dates of purchase.
2 The share repurchase program was first announced in July 2001.  The program has no set expiration or termination date. The actual amount and timing of future share repurchases, if any, will depend on market and economic conditions, regulatory rules, applicable SEC rules, and various other factors.

16

Table of Contents


Performance Graph
 
The following graph shows the cumulative total return for the Parent’s common stock compared to the cumulative total returns for the Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) 500 Index and the S&P Banks Index. The graph assumes that $100 was invested on December 31, 2011 in the Parent’s common stock, the S&P 500 Index, and the S&P Banks Index. The cumulative total return on each investment is as of December 31 of each of the subsequent five years and assumes reinvestment of dividends.


bankofhawaii_chart-00837.jpg

 
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
Bank of Hawaii Corporation
$100
$103
$143
$148
$161
$234
S&P 500 Index
$100
$116
$154
$175
$177
$198
S&P Banks Index
$100
$139
$188
$213
$215
$266



17

Table of Contents


Item 6. Selected Financial Data
Summary of Selected Consolidated Financial Data
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
 
2016

 
2015

 
2014

 
2013

 
2012

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Results
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Interest Income
 
$
417.6

 
$
394.1

 
$
379.7

 
$
358.9

 
$
377.3

 
Provision for Credit Losses
 
4.8

 
1.0

 
(4.9
)
 

 
1.0

 
Total Noninterest Income
 
197.3

 
186.2

 
180.0

 
186.2

 
200.3

 
Total Noninterest Expense
 
350.6

 
348.1

 
326.9

 
331.0

 
334.3

 
Net Income
 
181.5

 
160.7

 
163.0

 
150.5

 
166.1

 
Basic Earnings Per Share
 
4.26

 
3.72

 
3.71

 
3.39

 
3.68

 
Diluted Earnings Per Share
 
4.23

 
3.70

 
3.69

 
3.38

 
3.67

 
Dividends Declared Per Share
 
1.89

 
1.80

 
1.80

 
1.80

 
1.80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance Ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Income to Average Total Assets (ROA)
 
1.15

%
1.06

%
1.14

%
1.10

%
1.22

%
Net Income to Average Shareholders’ Equity (ROE)
 
15.79

 
14.82

 
15.50

 
14.78

 
16.23

 
Efficiency Ratio 1
 
57.01

 
59.99

 
58.41

 
60.71

 
57.88

 
Net Interest Margin 2
 
2.83

 
2.81

 
2.85

 
2.81

 
2.97

 
Dividend Payout Ratio 3
 
44.37

 
48.39

 
48.52

 
53.10

 
48.91

 
Average Shareholders’ Equity to Average Assets
 
7.26

 
7.16

 
7.35

 
7.44

 
7.52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average Balances
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average Loans and Leases
 
$
8,362.2

 
$
7,423.6

 
$
6,405.4

 
$
5,883.7

 
$
5,680.3

 
Average Assets
 
15,825.4

 
15,136.5

 
14,317.5

 
13,692.1

 
13,609.2

 
Average Deposits
 
13,619.5

 
12,925.2

 
12,122.1

 
11,396.8

 
10,935.0

 
Average Shareholders’ Equity
 
1,149.3

 
1,084.1

 
1,052.2

 
1,018.3

 
1,023.3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted Average Shares Outstanding
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic Weighted Average Shares
 
42,644,100

 
43,217,818

 
43,899,208

 
44,380,948

 
45,115,441

 
Diluted Weighted Average Shares
 
42,879,783

 
43,454,877

 
44,125,456

 
44,572,725

 
45,249,300

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet Totals
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans and Leases
 
$
8,949.8

 
$
7,879.0

 
$
6,897.6

 
$
6,095.4

 
$
5,854.5

 
Total Assets
 
16,492.4

 
15,455.0

 
14,787.2

 
14,084.3

 
13,728.4

 
Total Deposits
 
14,320.2

 
13,251.1

 
12,633.1

 
11,914.7

 
11,529.5

 
Other Debt
 
267.9

 
245.8

 
173.9

 
174.7

 
128.1

 
Total Shareholders’ Equity
 
1,161.5

 
1,116.3

 
1,055.1

 
1,012.0

 
1,021.7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset Quality
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
 
$
104.3

 
$
102.9

 
$
108.7

 
$
115.5

 
$
128.9

 
Non-Performing Assets
 
19.8

 
28.8

 
30.1

 
39.7

 
37.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance to Loans and Leases Outstanding
 
1.17

%
1.31

%
1.58

%
1.89

%
2.20

%
Tier 1 Capital Ratio 4
 
13.24

 
13.97

 
14.69

 
16.05

 
17.18

 
Total Capital Ratio 4
 
14.49

 
15.22

 
15.94

 
17.31

 
18.45

 
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio 4
 
7.21

 
7.26

 
7.13

 
7.24

 
7.25

 
Total Shareholders’ Equity to Total Assets
 
7.04

 
7.22

 
7.14

 
7.19

 
7.44

 
Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets 5
 
6.86

 
7.03

 
6.94

 
6.98

 
7.23

 
Tangible Common Equity to Risk-Weighted Assets 4, 5
 
12.81

 
13.62

 
14.46

 
15.67

 
17.46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-Financial Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Full-Time Equivalent Employees
 
2,122

 
2,164

 
2,161

 
2,196

 
2,276

 
Branches and Offices
 
69

 
70

 
74

 
74

 
76

 
ATMs
 
449

 
456

 
459

 
466

 
494

 
Common Shareholders of Record
 
6,121

 
6,279

 
6,421

 
6,564

 
6,775

 
1 
Efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
2 
Net interest margin is defined as net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, as a percentage of average earning assets.
3 
Dividend payout ratio is defined as dividends declared per share divided by basic earnings per share.
4 
December 31, 2016 and 2015 calculated under Basel III rules, which became effective January 1, 2015.
5 
Tangible common equity to tangible assets and tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets are Non-GAAP financial measures. See the “Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section below.

18

Table of Contents



Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

The ratios “tangible common equity to tangible assets” and “tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets” are Non-GAAP financial measures. The Company believes these measurements are useful for investors, regulators, management and others to evaluate capital adequacy relative to other financial institutions. Although these Non-GAAP financial measures are frequently used by stakeholders in the evaluation of a company, they have limitations as analytical tools, and should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for analyses of results as reported under GAAP. The following table provides a reconciliation of these Non-GAAP financial measures with their most closely related GAAP measures.

GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation
 
 
December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
 
2016

 
2015

 
2014

 
2013

 
2012

Total Shareholders’ Equity
 
$
1,161,537

 
$
1,116,260

 
$
1,055,086

 
$
1,011,976

 
$
1,021,665

Less: Goodwill
 
31,517

 
31,517

 
31,517

 
31,517

 
31,517

Intangible Assets
 

 

 

 

 
33

Tangible Common Equity
 
$
1,130,020

 
$
1,084,743

 
$
1,023,569

 
$
980,459

 
$
990,115

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Assets
 
$
16,492,367

 
$
15,455,016

 
$
14,787,208

 
$
14,084,280

 
$
13,728,372

Less: Goodwill
 
31,517

 
31,517

 
31,517

 
31,517

 
31,517

Intangible Assets
 

 

 

 

 
33

Tangible Assets
 
$
16,460,850

 
$
15,423,499

 
$
14,755,691

 
$
14,052,763

 
$
13,696,822

Risk-Weighted Assets, determined in accordance with prescribed regulatory requirements 1
 
$
8,823,485

 
$
7,962,484

 
$
7,077,035

 
$
6,258,143

 
$
5,671,774

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Shareholders’ Equity to Total Assets
 
7.04
%
 
7.22
%
 
7.14
%
 
7.19
%
 
7.44
%
Tangible Common Equity to
Tangible Assets (Non-GAAP)
 
6.86
%
 
7.03
%
 
6.94
%
 
6.98
%
 
7.23
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tier 1 Capital Ratio 1
 
13.24
%
 
13.97
%
 
14.69
%
 
16.05
%
 
17.18
%
Tangible Common Equity to
Risk-Weighted Assets (Non-GAAP)
 1
 
12.81
%
 
13.62
%
 
14.46
%
 
15.67
%
 
17.46
%
1 December 31, 2016 and 2015 calculated under Basel III rules, which became effective January 1, 2015.


19

Table of Contents



Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Forward-Looking Statements

This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and may include statements concerning, among other things, the anticipated economic and business environment in our service area and elsewhere, credit quality and other financial and business matters in future periods, our future results of operations and financial position, our business strategy and plans and our objectives and future operations. We also may make forward-looking statements in our other documents filed with or furnished to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). In addition, our senior management may make forward-looking statements orally to analysts, investors, representatives of the media and others. Our forward-looking statements are based on numerous assumptions, any of which could prove to be inaccurate, and actual results may differ materially from those projected because of a variety of risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to: 1) general economic conditions either nationally, internationally, or locally may be different than expected, and particularly, any event that negatively impacts the tourism industry in Hawaii; 2) unanticipated changes in the securities markets, public debt markets, and other capital markets in the U.S. and internationally; 3) competitive pressures in the markets for financial services and products; 4) the impact of legislative and regulatory initiatives, particularly the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and the new administration’s review of potential changes to such initiatives; 5) changes in fiscal and monetary policies of the markets in which we operate; 6) the increased cost of maintaining or the Company’s ability to maintain adequate liquidity and capital, based on the requirements adopted by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and U.S. regulators; 7) actual or alleged conduct which could harm our reputation; 8) changes in accounting standards; 9) changes in tax laws or regulations or the interpretation of such laws and regulations; 10) changes in our credit quality or risk profile that may increase or decrease the required level of our reserve for credit losses; 11) changes in market interest rates that may affect credit markets and our ability to maintain our net interest margin; 12) the impact of litigation and regulatory investigations of the Company, including costs, expenses, settlements, and judgments; 13) any failure in or breach of our operational systems, information systems or infrastructure, or those of our merchants, third party vendors and other service providers; 14) any interruption or breach of security of our information systems resulting in failures or disruptions in customer account management, general ledger processing, and loan or deposit systems; 15) changes to the amount and timing of proposed common stock repurchases; and 16) natural disasters, public unrest or adverse weather, public health, and other conditions impacting us and our customers’ operations. Given these risks and uncertainties, investors should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statement as a prediction of our actual results. A detailed discussion of these and other risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results and events to differ materially from such forward-looking statements is included under the section entitled “Risk Factors” in Part I of this report. Words such as “believes,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “targeted,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements but are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements. We undertake no obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect later events or circumstances, except as may be required by law.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our Consolidated Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and follow general practices within the industries in which we operate. The most significant accounting policies we follow are presented in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Application of these principles requires us to make estimates, assumptions, and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes. Most accounting policies are not considered by management to be critical accounting policies. Several factors are considered in determining whether or not a policy is critical in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements. These factors include among other things, whether the policy requires management to make difficult, subjective, and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because it is likely that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. The accounting policies which we believe to be most critical in preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements are those that are related to the determination of the reserve for credit losses, fair value estimates, leased asset residual values, and income taxes.

Reserve for Credit Losses

A consequence of lending activities is that we may incur credit losses. The amount of such losses will vary depending upon the risk characteristics of the loan and lease portfolio as affected by economic conditions such as rising interest rates and the financial performance of borrowers. The reserve for credit losses consists of the allowance for loan and lease losses (the “Allowance”) and the reserve for unfunded commitments (the “Unfunded Reserve”). The Allowance provides for probable and estimable losses

20

Table of Contents


inherent in our loan and lease portfolio. The Allowance is increased or decreased through the provisioning process. There is no exact method of predicting specific losses or amounts that ultimately may be charged-off on particular segments of the loan and lease portfolio. The Unfunded Reserve is a component of other liabilities and represents the estimate for probable credit losses inherent in unfunded commitments to extend credit. The level of the Unfunded Reserve is adjusted by recording an expense or recovery in other noninterest expense.

Management’s evaluation of the adequacy of the reserve for credit losses is often the most critical of accounting estimates for a financial institution. Our determination of the amount of the reserve for credit losses is a critical accounting estimate as it requires significant reliance on the accuracy of credit risk ratings on individual borrowers, the use of estimates and significant judgment as to the amount and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, significant reliance on estimated loss rates on homogenous portfolios, and consideration of our quantitative and qualitative evaluation of economic factors and trends. While our methodology in establishing the reserve for credit losses attributes portions of the Allowance and Unfunded Reserve to the commercial and consumer portfolio segments, the entire Allowance and Unfunded Reserve is available to absorb credit losses inherent in the total loan and lease portfolio and total amount of unfunded credit commitments, respectively.

The reserve for credit losses related to our commercial portfolio segment is generally most sensitive to the accuracy of credit risk ratings assigned to each borrower. Commercial loan risk ratings are evaluated based on each situation by experienced senior credit officers and are subject to periodic review by an independent internal team of credit specialists. The reserve for credit losses related to our consumer portfolio segment is generally most sensitive to economic assumptions and delinquency trends. The reserve for credit losses attributable to each portfolio segment also includes an amount for inherent risks not reflected in the historical analyses. Relevant factors include, but are not limited to, concentrations of credit risk (geographic, large borrower, and industry), economic trends and conditions, changes in underwriting standards, experience and depth of lending staff, trends in delinquencies, and the level of criticized and classified loans.

See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and the “Corporate Risk Profile – Credit Risk” section in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) for more information on the Allowance and the Unfunded Reserve.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for an asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The degree of management judgment involved in determining the fair value of a financial instrument is dependent upon the availability of quoted market prices or observable market inputs. For financial instruments that are traded actively and have quoted market prices or observable market inputs, there is minimal subjectivity involved in measuring fair value. However, when quoted market prices or observable market inputs are not fully available, significant management judgment may be necessary to estimate fair value. In developing our fair value measurements, we maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.

The fair value hierarchy defines Level 1 valuations as those based on quoted prices, unadjusted, for identical instruments traded in active markets. Level 2 valuations are those based on quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, or model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market. Level 3 valuations are based on model-based techniques that use at least one significant assumption not observable in the market, or significant management judgment or estimation, some of which may be internally developed.

Financial assets that are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis include available-for-sale investment securities, loans held for sale, mortgage servicing rights, investments related to deferred compensation arrangements, and derivative financial instruments. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, $2.3 billion or 14% and $2.3 billion or 15%, respectively, of our total assets consisted of financial assets recorded at fair value on a recurring basis and most of these financial assets consisted of available-for-sale investment securities measured using information from a third-party pricing service. These investments in debt securities and mortgage-backed securities were all classified in either Levels 1 or 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Financial liabilities that are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis are comprised of derivative financial instruments. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, $12.6 million and $13.6 million, respectively, or less than 1% of our total liabilities consisted of financial liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, Level 3 financial assets recorded at fair value on a recurring basis were $14.5 million and $15.8 million, respectively, or less than 1% of our total assets, and were comprised of mortgage servicing rights and derivative financial instruments. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, Level 3 financial liabilities recorded at

21

Table of Contents


fair value on a recurring basis were $11.8 million and $13.6 million, respectively, or less than 1% of our total liabilities, and were comprised of derivative financial instruments.

Our third-party pricing service makes no representations or warranties that the pricing data provided to us is complete or free from errors, omissions, or defects. As a result, we have processes in place to monitor and periodically review the information provided to us by our third-party pricing service such as: 1) Our third-party pricing service provides us with documentation by asset class of inputs and methodologies used to value securities. We review this documentation to evaluate the inputs and valuation methodologies used to place securities into the appropriate level of the fair value hierarchy. This documentation is periodically updated by our third-party pricing service. Accordingly, transfers of securities within the fair value hierarchy are made if deemed necessary. 2) On a quarterly basis, management reviews the pricing information received from our third-party pricing service. This review process includes a comparison to non-binding third-party broker quotes, as well as a review of market-related conditions impacting the information provided by our third-party pricing service. We also identify investment securities which may have traded in illiquid or inactive markets by identifying instances of a significant decrease in the volume or frequency of trades relative to historic levels, as well as instances of a significant widening of the bid-ask spread in the brokered markets. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, management did not make adjustments to prices provided by our third-party pricing service as a result of illiquid or inactive markets. 3) On a quarterly basis, management also selects a sample of securities priced by the Company’s third-party pricing service and reviews the significant assumptions and valuation methodologies used by the pricing service with respect to those securities. Based on this review, management determines whether the current placement of the security in the fair value hierarchy is appropriate or whether transfers may be warranted. 4) On an annual basis, to the extent available, we obtain and review independent auditor’s reports from our third-party pricing service related to controls placed in operation and tests of operating effectiveness. We did not note any significant control deficiencies in our review of the independent auditor’s reports related to services rendered by our third-party pricing service. 5) Our third-party pricing service has also established processes for us to submit inquiries regarding quoted prices. Periodically, we will challenge the quoted prices provided by our third-party pricing service. Our third-party pricing service will review the inputs to the evaluation in light of the new market data presented by us. Our third-party pricing service may then affirm the original quoted price or may update the evaluation on a going forward basis.

Based on the composition of our investment securities portfolio, we believe that we have developed appropriate internal controls and performed appropriate due diligence procedures to prevent or detect material misstatements. See Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on our fair value measurements.

Leased Asset Residual Values

Lease financing receivables include a residual value component, which represents the estimated value of leased assets upon lease expiration. Our determination of residual value is derived from a variety of sources, including equipment valuation services, appraisals, and publicly available market data on recent sales transactions for similar equipment. The length of time until lease termination, the cyclical nature of equipment values, and the limited marketplace for re-sale of certain leased assets, are important variables considered in making this determination. We update our valuation analysis on an annual basis, or more frequently as warranted by events or circumstances. When we determine that the fair value is lower than the expected residual value at lease expiration, the difference is recognized as an asset impairment in the period in which the analysis is completed.

Income Taxes

We determine our liabilities for income taxes based on current tax regulation and interpretations in tax jurisdictions where our income is subject to taxation. Currently, we file tax returns in seven federal, state and local domestic jurisdictions, and four foreign jurisdictions. In estimating income taxes payable or receivable, we assess the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment considering statutory, judicial, and regulatory guidance in the context of each tax position. Accordingly, previously estimated liabilities are regularly reevaluated and adjusted through the provision for income taxes. Changes in the estimate of income taxes payable or receivable occur periodically due to changes in tax rates, interpretations of tax law, the status of examinations being conducted by various taxing authorities, and newly enacted statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance that impact the relative merits and risks of each tax position. These changes, when they occur, may affect the provision for income taxes as well as current and deferred income taxes, and may be significant to our statements of income and condition.

Management’s determination of the realization of net deferred tax assets is based upon management’s judgment of various future events and uncertainties, including the timing and amount of future income, as well as the implementation of various tax planning strategies to maximize realization of the deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, we carried a valuation

22

Table of Contents


allowance of $3.7 million and $3.9 million, respectively, related to deferred tax assets established in connection with our low-income housing investments.

We are also required to record a liability, referred to as an unrecognized tax benefit (“UTB”), for the entire amount of benefit taken in a prior or future income tax return when we determine that a tax position has a less than 50% likelihood of being accepted by the taxing authority. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, our liabilities for UTBs were $6.6 million and $11.6 million, respectively. See Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on income taxes.

In 2016, the Company recognized federal and State of Hawaii investment tax credits from energy investments. The Company uses the deferral method of accounting for its investment tax credit with the benefit recognized in the provision for income taxes. These credits reduced the Company’s provision for income taxes by $4.7 million, $3.5 million and $2.9 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.


23

Table of Contents


Overview
 
We are a regional financial services company serving businesses, consumers, and governments in Hawaii, Guam, and other Pacific Islands. Our principal operating subsidiary, the Bank, was founded in 1897 and is the largest independent financial institution in Hawaii.

Our business strategy is to use our unique market knowledge, prudent management discipline and brand strength to deliver exceptional value to our stakeholders. Our business plan is balanced between growth and risk management while maintaining flexibility to adjust to economic changes. We will continue to focus on providing customers with best in class service and an innovative mix of products and services.  We will also remain focused on continuing to deliver strong financial results while maintaining prudent risk and capital management strategies as well as our commitment to support our local communities.

Hawaii Economy

General economic conditions in Hawaii remained healthy during 2016, led by a strong tourism industry, relatively low unemployment, rising real estate prices, and an active construction industry.  Total visitor arrivals increased 3.0% and visitor spending increased 4.2% during 2016 compared to 2015. The statewide seasonally-adjusted unemployment rate was 2.9% in December 2016 compared to 4.7% nationally.  The volume of single-family home sales on Oahu increased 6.5% in 2016 compared to 2015, while the volume of condominium sales on Oahu increased 8.4% in 2016 compared to 2015.  The median price of single-family home sales and condominium sales on Oahu increased 5.0% and 8.3%, respectively, in 2016 compared to 2015. As of December 31, 2016, months of inventory of single-family homes and condominiums on Oahu remained low at approximately 2.5 months and 2.6 months, respectively.

Earnings Summary

Net income for 2016 was $181.5 million, an increase of $20.8 million or 13% compared to 2015. Diluted earnings per share were $4.23 in 2016, an increase of $0.53 or 14% compared to 2015. Our return on average assets was 1.15% in 2016, an increase of 9 basis points from 2015, and our return on average shareholders’ equity was 15.79% in 2016, an increase of 97 basis points from 2015.

Our higher net income in 2016 was primarily due to the following:

Net interest income was $417.6 million in 2016, an increase of $23.5 million or 6% compared to 2015. This increase was primarily due to a higher level of earning assets, including growth in both our commercial and consumer lending portfolios, and a marginally higher net interest margin. The higher level of earning assets was primarily due to higher deposit balances. In addition, we also recorded an additional $1.3 million of interest income in the first quarter of 2016 due to the full recovery of a non-performing commercial and industrial loan. Our net interest margin was 2.83% in 2016, an increase of 2 basis points compared to 2015. The higher margin in 2016 was primarily due to our loans, which generally have higher yields than our investment securities, comprising a larger percentage of our earning assets compared to 2015. The higher margin in 2016 was also due in part to the aforementioned interest income recovery.

Mortgage banking income was $19.9 million in 2016, an increase of $8.3 million or 72% compared to 2015. This increase was primarily due to higher sales of conforming saleable loans from current production and from our mortgage loan portfolio, coupled with higher loan origination and refinancing activity.

Other noninterest expense was $64.7 million in 2016, a decrease of $6.3 million or 9% compared to 2015. This decrease was primarily due to a $9.5 million impairment charge in the third quarter of 2015 on six aircraft which were previously on lease agreements. All aircraft were sold in the first quarter of 2016 resulting in a nominal loss on sale from the reduced carrying value. The decrease in noninterest expense was partially offset by our increased investment in solar energy tax credit partnerships, which caused the related amortization expense to increase by $1.7 million. However, the federal and state tax benefits related to these partnership investments resulted in a net benefit to overall net income. The tax benefits are recorded as a reduction to income tax expense. We also experienced an increase in temporary employment services ($1.0 million) and delivery and postage ($0.9 million).

Other noninterest income was $18.6 million in 2016, an increase of $4.0 million or 27% compared to 2015. This increase was primarily due to a $2.9 million increase in net gain on sale of leased assets, and a $1.9 million increase in fees for our customer interest rate swap derivatives. The increase was partially offset by a $1.0 million distribution received in 2015 from a low-income housing partnership.

24

Table of Contents



These items were partially offset by the following:

Salaries and benefits expense was $201.2 million in 2016, an increase of $9.2 million or 5% compared to 2015 due in part to a $4.7 million increase in incentive compensation. Salaries expense increased by $2.3 million primarily due to merit increases. Share-based compensation increased by $1.8 million due in part to the value of restricted stock units increasing as a result of the Company’s higher share price. Medical, dental, and life insurance increased by $1.5 million due to higher medical claims in our self-insured plan. Commission expense increased by $1.0 million primarily due to an increase in loan origination and refinancing activity. These increases were partially offset by a $2.4 million decrease in separation expense.

Provision for income taxes was $78.1 million in 2016, an increase of $7.6 million or 11% compared to 2015 primarily due to higher pretax income. The effective tax rate was 30.10% in 2016 compared to 30.49% in 2015. The lower effective tax rate in 2016 compared to 2015 was primarily due to a $3.0 million release of state tax reserves due to the lapse in the statute of limitations related to prior tax years and a $0.5 million release of federal tax reserves for a settlement, partially offset by a $0.3 million increase to the valuation allowance for low income housing investments and higher pretax book income compared to a fixed amount of tax credits.

We recorded a $4.8 million provision for credit losses in 2016 compared to a $1.0 million provision recorded in 2015. The provision recorded was based on our determination that the allowance for loan and lease losses should be $104.3 million as of December 31, 2016.

We maintained a strong balance sheet throughout 2016, with what we believe are adequate reserves for credit losses, and high levels of liquidity and capital.

Total loans and leases were $8.9 billion as of December 31, 2016, an increase of $1.1 billion or 14% from December 31, 2015 primarily due to growth in both our commercial and consumer lending portfolios.

The allowance for loan and lease losses (the “Allowance”) was $104.3 million as of December 31, 2016, an increase of $1.4 million or 1% from December 31, 2015. The ratio of our Allowance to total loans and leases outstanding decreased to 1.17% as of December 31, 2016, compared to 1.31% as of December 31, 2015. The level of our Allowance was commensurate with the Company’s credit risk profile, loan portfolio growth and composition, and a healthy Hawaii economy.

The total carrying value of our investment securities portfolio was $6.0 billion as of December 31, 2016, a decrease of $220.5 million or 4% from December 31, 2015. In 2016, we continued to reduce our investment securities as we re-invested these proceeds primarily into higher-yielding loan products. We decreased our Ginnie Mae mortgage-backed securities and increased our holdings in Small Business Administration securities, U.S. Treasury Notes and mortgage-backed securities issued by Freddie Mac. Ginnie Mae mortgage-backed securities continue to be our largest concentration in our portfolio.

Total deposits were $14.3 billion as of December 31, 2016, an increase of $1.1 billion or 8% from December 31, 2015 primarily due to higher commercial and consumer core deposits.

Total shareholders’ equity was $1.2 billion as of December 31, 2016, an increase of $45.3 million or 4% from December 31, 2015. We continued to return capital to our shareholders in the form of share repurchases and dividends. During 2016, we repurchased 906,160 shares of common stock at a total cost of $61.8 million under our share repurchase program and from employees and/or directors in connection with income tax withholdings related to the vesting of restricted stock, shares purchased for a deferred compensation plan, and stock swaps, less shares distributed from the deferred compensation plan. We also paid cash dividends of $81.2 million during 2016.

25

Table of Contents


Analysis of Statements of Income

Average balances, related income and expenses, and resulting yields and rates are presented in Table 1. An analysis of the change in net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, is presented in Table 2.
Average Balances and Interest Rates – Taxable-Equivalent Basis
 
 
 
 
 
Table 1
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(dollars in millions)
 
Average 
Balance

 
Income/ 
Expense

 
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance

 
Income/
Expense

 
Yield/
Rate
 
Average 
Balance

 
Income/ 
Expense

 
Yield/
Rate
 
Earning Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-Bearing Deposits in Other Banks
 
$
4.1

 
$

 
0.22
%
$
3.4

 
$

 
0.22
%
$
4.3

 
$

 
0.21
%
Funds Sold
 
595.9

 
2.8

 
0.48
 
483.1

 
1.1

 
0.23
 
316.2

 
0.7

 
0.21
 
Investment Securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-Sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Taxable
 
1,579.1

 
27.7

 
1.75
 
1,554.2

 
26.6

 
1.71
 
1,536.5

 
27.7

 
1.80
 
   Non-Taxable
 
690.6

 
21.9

 
3.17
 
721.7

 
22.9

 
3.18
 
699.6

 
22.7

 
3.24
 
Held-to-Maturity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Taxable
 
3,615.2

 
72.9

 
2.02
 
3,981.2

 
83.3

 
2.09
 
4,412.5

 
99.4

 
2.25
 
   Non-Taxable
 
244.1

 
9.5

 
3.90
 
247.8

 
9.8

 
3.93
 
251.3

 
10.0

 
3.95
 
Total Investment Securities
 
6,129.0

 
132.0

 
2.15
 
6,504.9

 
142.6

 
2.19
 
6,899.9

 
159.8

 
2.32
 
Loans Held for Sale
 
32.3

 
1.2

 
3.59
 
8.7

 
0.3

 
3.83
 
3.2

 
0.1

 
4.31
 
Loans and Leases 1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and Industrial
 
1,179.9

 
40.3

 
3.42
 
1,152.3

 
36.6

 
3.18
 
970.3

 
33.3

 
3.43
 
Commercial Mortgage
 
1,735.2

 
64.5

 
3.72
 
1,543.5

 
58.5

 
3.79
 
1,331.5

 
52.5

 
3.94
 
Construction
 
224.2

 
10.0

 
4.43
 
123.9

 
5.9

 
4.79
 
109.4

 
4.8

 
4.40
 
Commercial Lease Financing
 
198.6

 
4.8

 
2.40
 
217.8

 
7.5

 
3.46
 
237.6

 
7.0

 
2.96
 
Residential Mortgage
 
3,037.0

 
120.6

 
3.97
 
2,774.7

 
113.9

 
4.10
 
2,377.9

 
101.6

 
4.27
 
Home Equity
 
1,211.9

 
43.7

 
3.61
 
944.0

 
34.2

 
3.63
 
815.6

 
31.9

 
3.91
 
Automobile
 
416.8

 
21.5

 
5.16
 
352.3

 
18.4

 
5.21
 
288.8

 
15.4

 
5.32
 
Other 2
 
358.6

 
27.7

 
7.72
 
315.1

 
23.7

 
7.51
 
274.3

 
20.8

 
7.58
 
Total Loans and Leases
 
8,362.2

 
333.1

 
3.98
 
7,423.6

 
298.7

 
4.02
 
6,405.4

 
267.3

 
4.17
 
Other
 
39.2

 
0.8

 
2.07
 
49.0

 
1.3

 
2.67
 
72.7

 
1.2

 
1.66
 
Total Earning Assets 3
 
15,162.7

 
469.9

 
3.10
 
14,472.7


444.0

 
3.07
 
13,701.7


429.1

 
3.13
 
Cash and Due from Banks
 
129.0

 
 
 
 
 
130.0

 
 
 
 
 
143.4

 
 
 
 
 
Other Assets
 
533.7

 
 
 
 
 
533.8

 
 
 
 
 
472.4

 
 
 
 
 
Total Assets
 
$
15,825.4

 
 
 
 
 
$
15,136.5

 
 
 
 
 
$
14,317.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-Bearing Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-Bearing Deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demand
 
$
2,757.6

 
$
0.9

 
0.03
%
$
2,616.4

 
$
0.8

 
0.03
%
$
2,390.8

 
$
0.7

 
0.03
%
Savings
 
5,217.9

 
4.6

 
0.09
 
5,015.6

 
4.4

 
0.09
 
4,592.6

 
3.9

 
0.09
 
Time
 
1,254.9

 
7.1

 
0.57
 
1,252.9

 
4.4

 
0.35
 
1,450.3

 
4.9

 
0.34
 
Total Interest-Bearing Deposits
 
9,230.4

 
12.6

 
0.14
 
8,884.9

 
9.6

 
0.11
 
8,433.7

 
9.5

 
0.11
 
Short-Term Borrowings
 
8.4

 

 
0.15
 
8.4

 

 
0.15
 
9.3

 

 
0.14
 
Securities Sold Under
       Agreements to Repurchase
 
569.8

 
23.4

 
4.11
 
655.9

 
25.4

 
3.87
 
747.9

 
25.9

 
3.46
 
Other Debt
 
248.8

 
4.3

 
1.71
 
219.7

 
3.0

 
1.37
 
174.4

 
2.6

 
1.45
 
Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities
 
10,057.4

 
40.3

 
0.40
 
9,768.9

 
38.0

 
0.39
 
9,365.3

 
38.0

 
0.41
 
Net Interest Income
 
 
 
$
429.6

 
 
 
 
 
$
406.0

 
 
 
 
 
$
391.1

 
 
 
Interest Rate Spread
 
 
 
 
 
2.70
%
 
 
 
 
2.68
%
 
 
 
 
2.72
%
Net Interest Margin
 
 
 
 
 
2.83
%
 
 
 
 
2.81
%
 
 
 
 
2.85
%
Noninterest-Bearing Demand Deposits
 
4,389.1

 
 
 
 
 
4,040.3

 
 
 
 
 
3,688.4

 
 
 
 
 
Other Liabilities
 
229.6

 
 
 
 
 
243.2

 
 
 
 
 
211.6

 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ Equity
 
1,149.3

 
 
 
 
 
1,084.1

 
 
 
 
 
1,052.2

 
 
 
 
 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’
Equity
 
$
15,825.4

 
 
 
 
 
$
15,136.5

 
 
 
 
 
$
14,317.5

 
 
 
 
 

1 
Non-performing loans and leases are included in the respective average loan and lease balances. Income, if any, on such loans and leases is recognized on a cash basis.
2 
Comprised of other consumer revolving credit, installment, and consumer lease financing.
3 
Interest income includes taxable-equivalent basis adjustments, based upon a federal statutory tax rate of 35%, of $12.0 million for 2016, $11.9 million for 2015, and $11.5 million for 2014.


26

Table of Contents


Analysis of Change in Net Interest Income – Taxable-Equivalent Basis
 
 
 
Table 2
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
2016 Compared to 2015
 
Year Ended December 31,
2015 Compared to 2014
(dollars in millions)
 
Volume 1

 
Rate 1

 
Total

 
Volume 1

 
Rate 1

 
Total

Change in Interest Income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Funds Sold
 
$
0.3

 
$
1.4

 
$
1.7

 
$
0.3

 
$
0.1

 
$
0.4

Investment Securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-Sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Taxable
 
0.4

 
0.7

 
1.1

 
0.3

 
(1.4
)
 
(1.1
)
   Non-Taxable
 
(1.0
)
 

 
(1.0
)
 
0.7

 
(0.5
)
 
0.2

Held-to-Maturity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Taxable
 
(7.4
)
 
(3.0
)
 
(10.4
)
 
(9.3
)
 
(6.8
)
 
(16.1
)
        Non-Taxable
 
(0.2
)
 
(0.1
)
 
(0.3
)
 
(0.1
)
 
(0.1
)
 
(0.2
)
Total Investment Securities
 
(8.2
)
 
(2.4
)
 
(10.6
)
 
(8.4
)
 
(8.8
)
 
(17.2
)
Loans Held for Sale
 
0.9

 

 
0.9

 
0.2

 

 
0.2

Loans and Leases
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and Industrial
 
0.9

 
2.8

 
3.7

 
5.9

 
(2.6
)
 
3.3

Commercial Mortgage
 
7.1

 
(1.1
)
 
6.0

 
8.1

 
(2.1
)
 
6.0

Construction
 
4.6

 
(0.5
)
 
4.1

 
0.7

 
0.4

 
1.1

Commercial Lease Financing
 
(0.6
)
 
(2.1
)
 
(2.7
)
 
(0.6
)
 
1.1

 
0.5

Residential Mortgage
 
10.5

 
(3.8
)
 
6.7

 
16.5

 
(4.2
)
 
12.3

Home Equity
 
9.7

 
(0.2
)
 
9.5

 
4.7

 
(2.4
)
 
2.3

Automobile
 
3.3

 
(0.2
)
 
3.1

 
3.3

 
(0.3
)
 
3.0

Other 2
 
3.3

 
0.7

 
4.0

 
3.1

 
(0.2
)
 
2.9

Total Loans and Leases
 
38.8

 
(4.4
)
 
34.4

 
41.7

 
(10.3
)
 
31.4

Other
 
(0.2
)
 
(0.3
)
 
(0.5
)
 
(0.5
)
 
0.6

 
0.1

Total Change in Interest Income
 
31.6

 
(5.7
)
 
25.9

 
33.3

 
(18.4
)
 
14.9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change in Interest Expense:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-Bearing Deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demand
 

 
0.1

 
0.1

 
0.1

 

 
0.1

Savings
 
0.2

 

 
0.2

 
0.4

 
0.1

 
0.5

Time
 

 
2.7

 
2.7

 
(0.7
)
 
0.2

 
(0.5
)
Total Interest-Bearing Deposits
 
0.2

 
2.8

 
3.0

 
(0.2
)
 
0.3

 
0.1

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
 
(3.5
)
 
1.5

 
(2.0
)
 
(3.3
)
 
2.8

 
(0.5
)
Other Debt
 
0.5

 
0.8

 
1.3

 
0.5

 
(0.1
)
 
0.4

Total Change in Interest Expense
 
(2.8
)
 
5.1

 
2.3

 
(3.0
)
 
3.0

 

Change in Net Interest Income
 
$
34.4

 
$
(10.8
)
 
$
23.6

 
$
36.3

 
$
(21.4
)
 
$
14.9

1     The change in interest income and expense not solely due to changes in volume or rate has been allocated on a pro-rata basis to the volume and rate columns.
2     Comprised of other consumer revolving credit, installment, and consumer lease financing.


27

Table of Contents


Net Interest Income

Net interest income is affected by the size and mix of our balance sheet components as well as the spread between interest earned on assets and interest paid on liabilities. Net interest margin is defined as net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, as a percentage of average earning assets.
Net interest income was $417.6 million in 2016, an increase of $23.5 million or 6% compared to 2015. On a taxable-equivalent basis, net interest income was $429.6 million in 2016, an increase of $23.6 million or 6% compared to 2015. This increase was primarily due to a higher level of earning assets, including growth in both our commercial and consumer lending portfolios, and higher net interest margin. The higher level of earning assets was primarily due to higher deposit balances. In addition, we recorded an additional $1.3 million of interest income in the first quarter of 2016 due to the full recovery of a non-performing commercial and industrial loan. Net interest margin was 2.83% in 2016, a two basis points increase from 2015, primarily due to our loans, which generally have higher yields than our investment securities, comprising a larger percentage of our earning assets compared to 2015. The higher margin in 2016 was also due to the aforementioned interest income recovery.
Yields on our earning assets increased by three basis points in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily due to the aforementioned shift in the mix of our earning assets from investment securities to loans which generally have higher yields. Yields on our commercial and industrial portfolio increased by 24 basis points primarily due to higher year-over-year rates on floating rate loans and due to the aforementioned interest income recovered on a non-performing loan in the first quarter of 2016. Partially offsetting the overall yield increase in our earning assets were lower yields in our residential mortgage and commercial mortgage portfolios, and slightly higher funding costs. Yields on our residential mortgage portfolio decreased by 13 basis points primarily due to continued payoff activity of higher-rate mortgage loans and the addition of lower-rate mortgage loans to our portfolio. Yields on our commercial mortgage portfolio decreased by seven basis points, reflective of the low interest rate environment. In addition, yields on our investment securities portfolio decreased by four basis points primarily due to reinvestment of run-off into lower yielding securities, partially offset by lower premium amortization. Interest rates paid on our time deposits increased by 22 basis points due to new public time deposits at higher rates. Interest rates paid on our securities sold under agreements to repurchase increased by 24 basis points due to a decrease in repurchase agreements with local government entities which have relatively shorter terms at lower interest rates. The remaining balance in our repurchase agreements consists mainly of those with private entities which have relatively longer terms at higher interest rates. These increases to our funding costs were largely offset by growth in our demand and savings deposits, which generally have lower rates than other funding sources. The average balance of these core deposits increased by $343.5 million or 5% in 2016 compared to 2015.
Average balances of our earning assets increased by $690.0 million or 5% in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily due to an increase in the average balances of our loans and leases. Average balances of our loans and leases portfolio increased by $938.6 million primarily due to higher average balances in our commercial mortgage, residential mortgage, and home equity portfolios. The average balance of our commercial mortgage portfolio increased by $191.7 million primarily due to increased demand from new and existing customers as the real estate market in Hawaii continued to improve. The average balance of our residential mortgage portfolio increased by $262.3 million primarily due to an increase in loan origination and refinance activity. The average balance of our home equity portfolio increased by $267.9 million due in large part to strong new loan production and continued strength in the Hawaii economy.  In addition, we experienced steady line utilization during 2016. Partially offsetting the increase in the average balances of our loans and leases portfolio was a $375.9 million decrease in the average balance of our total investment securities portfolio primarily due to the shift in the mix of our earning assets from investment securities to loans.
Average balances of our interest-bearing liabilities increased by $288.5 million or 3% in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily due to continued growth in our relationship checking and savings deposit products, partially offset by a decrease in our repurchase agreements.
Net interest income was $394.1 million in 2015, an increase of $14.4 million or 4% compared to 2014. On a taxable-equivalent basis, net interest income was $406.0 million in 2015, an increase of $14.9 million or 4% compared to 2014. This increase was primarily due to a higher level of earning assets, including growth in both our commercial and consumer lending portfolios. The higher level of earning assets was primarily due to higher deposit balances. Net interest margin was 2.81% in 2015, a four basis points decrease from 2014, primarily due to lower yields in our investment securities and loans, reflective of the continued low interest rate environment.
Yields on our earning assets decreased by six basis points in 2015 compared to 2014. Yields on our investment securities portfolio decreased by 13 basis points in 2015 compared to 2014 primarily due to reinvestment in lower yielding securities due to the low interest rate environment, partially offset by lower premium amortization. Yields on our loans and leases decreased by 15 basis points, with lower yields in nearly every loan category in 2015 compared to 2014 as a result of the low interest rate environment. Yields on our commercial and industrial portfolio declined by 25 basis points due in part to a large interest income

28

Table of Contents


recovery in the third quarter of 2014. Yields on our commercial mortgage portfolio declined by 15 basis points. Yields on our residential mortgage portfolio decreased by 17 basis points due to continued payoff activity of higher-rate mortgage loans and the addition to our portfolio of lower-rate mortgage loans. Partially offsetting the lower yields on our earning assets in 2015 compared to 2014 were slightly lower funding costs. The lower funding costs were offset by the higher rates paid on our securities sold under agreements to repurchase. Rates paid on our securities sold under agreements to repurchase increased by 41 basis points due to a decrease in repurchase agreements with local government entities which have relatively shorter terms at lower interest rates. The remaining balance in our repurchase agreements consists mainly of those with private entities which have relatively longer terms at higher interest rates.
Average balances of our earning assets increased by $771.0 million or 6% in 2015 compared to 2014 primarily due to an increase in deposits. Average balances of our loan and lease portfolio increased by $1.0 billion primarily due to higher average balances in our commercial and industrial, commercial mortgage, and residential mortgage portfolios. The average balance of our commercial and industrial loan portfolio increased by $182.0 million due to an increase in corporate demand for funding. The average balance of our commercial mortgage portfolio increased by $212.0 million due to increased demand from new and existing customers as the real estate market in Hawaii continued to improve. The average balance of our residential mortgage portfolio increased by $396.8 million primarily due to an increase in loan origination and refinance activity. Partially offsetting the increase in the average balances of our loan and lease portfolio was a $395.0 million decrease in the average balance of our total investment securities portfolio in 2015 compared to 2014 primarily due to the shift in the mix of our earning assets from investment securities to loans.
Average balances of our interest-bearing liabilities increased by $403.6 million or 4% in 2015 compared to 2014 primarily due to continued growth in our relationship checking and savings deposit products as well as growth in our business savings product, partially offset by decreases in our time deposits and repurchase agreements.
Provision for Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses (the “Provision”) reflects our judgment of the expense or benefit necessary to achieve the appropriate amount of the Allowance. We maintain the Allowance at levels adequate to cover our estimate of probable credit losses as of the end of the reporting period. The Allowance is determined through detailed quarterly analyses of our loan and lease portfolio. The Allowance is based on our loss experience and changes in the economic environment, as well as an ongoing assessment of our credit quality. We recorded a Provision of $4.8 million in 2016, $1.0 million in 2015, and a negative Provision of $4.9 million in 2014. For further discussion on the Allowance, see the “Corporate Risk Profile – Credit Risk” section in MD&A.


29

Table of Contents


Noninterest Income

Table 3 presents the major components of noninterest income for 2016, 2015, and 2014.
Noninterest Income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 3
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
Dollar Change
 
Percent Change
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

 
2014

 
2016
to 2015

 
2015
to 2014

 
2016
to 2015

 
2015
to 2014

Trust and Asset Management
$
46,203

 
$
47,685

 
$
47,798

 
$
(1,482
)
 
$
(113
)
 
(3
)%
 
 %
Mortgage Banking
19,895

 
11,583

 
7,571

 
8,312

 
4,012

 
72

 
53

Service Charges on Deposit Accounts
33,654

 
34,072

 
35,669

 
(418
)
 
(1,597
)
 
(1
)
 
(4
)
Fees, Exchange, and Other Service Charges
55,176

 
53,353

 
53,401

 
1,823

 
(48
)
 
3

 

Investment Securities Gains, Net
10,203

 
10,160

 
8,063

 
43

 
2,097

 

 
26

Annuity and Insurance
7,017

 
7,664

 
8,065

 
(647
)
 
(401
)
 
(8
)
 
(5
)
Bank-Owned Life Insurance
6,561

 
7,039

 
6,639

 
(478
)
 
400

 
(7
)
 
6

Other
18,634

 
14,663

 
12,811

 
3,971

 
1,852

 
27

 
14

Total Noninterest Income
$
197,343

 
$
186,219


$
180,017


$
11,124


$
6,202

 
6
 %
 
3
 %

Trust and asset management income is comprised of fees earned from the management and administration of trusts and other customer assets. These fees are largely based upon the market value of the assets that we manage and the fee rate charged to customers. Total trust assets under administration were $8.8 billion, $8.6 billion, and $10.2 billion as of December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively. Trust and asset management income decreased by $1.5 million or 3% in 2016 compared to 2015. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in employee benefit trust fees ($0.8 million), agency fees ($0.5 million), common trust fund fees ($0.5 million), and other trust fees ($0.6 million) primarily due to a decline in the number of customer accounts under administration. This decrease was partially offset by a $1.0 million increase in special services fees mainly the result of a $1.2 million service fee received from the sale of real estate in the second quarter of 2016. Trust and asset management income remained relatively unchanged in 2015 compared to 2014 as decreases in employee benefit trust fees ($1.0 million), agency fees ($0.5 million), and IRA fees ($0.4 million) were largely offset by a $0.9 million increase in special service fees, primarily termination fees. In addition, revocable and irrevocable trust fees increased by $0.9 million due to additional accounts.

Mortgage banking income is highly influenced by mortgage interest rates, the housing market, the amount of our loan sales, and our valuation of mortgage servicing rights.  Mortgage banking income increased by $8.3 million or 72% in 2016 compared to 2015. This increase was primarily due to higher sales of conforming saleable loans from current production and from our mortgage loan portfolio, coupled with higher loan origination and refinancing activity. Mortgage banking income increased by $4.0 million or 53% in 2015 compared to 2014. This increase was primarily due to an increase in sales of conforming salable loans from current production and from our portfolio. Also contributing to the increase was higher loan origination and refinancing activity.

Service charges on deposit accounts decreased by $0.4 million or 1% in 2016 compared to 2015. This decrease was primarily due to a $0.7 million decrease in overdraft fees due in part to higher customer deposit balances and a decrease in customers opting in for debit card overdraft coverage. This decrease was partially offset by a $0.5 million increase in monthly service fees. Service charges on deposit accounts decreased by $1.6 million or 4% in 2015 compared to 2014. This decrease was primarily due to a $1.4 million decrease in overdraft fees due in part to higher customer deposit balances and a decrease in customers opting in for debit card overdraft coverage.

Fees, exchange, and other service charges are primarily comprised of debit and credit card income, fees from ATMs, merchant service activity, and other loan fees and service charges. Fees, exchange, and other service charges increased by $1.8 million or 3% in 2016 compared to 2015. This increase was primarily due to a $1.3 million increase in debit card income due largely to increased transaction volume, and a $0.7 million increase in commissions and fees related to growth in our credit card business.
Fees, exchange, and other service charges remained relatively unchanged in 2015 compared to 2014 as decreases in other loan fees ($1.0 million), merchant income ($0.5 million), and ATM fees ($0.4 million) were largely offset by a $1.8 million increase in commissions and fees related to growth in our credit card business.

Net gains on sales of investment securities totaled $10.2 million in both 2016 and 2015, and $8.1 million in 2014. These gains were largely due to the sale of Visa Class B restricted shares (100,000, 95,000, and 90,500 shares sold in 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively). We received these Class B shares in 2008 as part of Visa’s initial public offering. These shares are transferable only under limited circumstances until they can be converted into the publicly traded Class A shares. This conversion will not

30

Table of Contents


occur until the settlement of certain litigation which is indemnified by Visa members such as the Company. Visa funded an escrow account from its initial public offering to settle these litigation claims. Should this escrow account not be sufficient to cover these litigation claims, Visa is entitled to fund additional amounts to the escrow account by reducing each member bank’s Class B conversion ratio to unrestricted Class A shares. Concurrent with the sale of these Visa Class B shares, we entered into an agreement with the buyer that requires payment to the buyer in the event Visa further reduces the conversion ratio. Based on the existing transfer restriction and the uncertainty of the covered litigation, the remaining 180,914 Visa Class B shares (298,201 Class A equivalent shares) that we own are carried at a zero cost basis as of December 31, 2016. We also contributed to the Bank of Hawaii Foundation 7,800, 13,800 and 21,600 Visa Class B shares during 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Annuity and insurance income decreased by $0.6 million or 8% in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily due to a $0.5 million decrease in income related to our annuity products. Annuity and insurance income decreased by $0.4 million or 5% in 2015 compared to 2014 primarily due to a $0.2 million decrease in income related to our annuity products.

Bank-owned life insurance decreased by $0.5 million or 7% in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily due to higher death benefits received in 2015. Bank-owned life insurance increased by $0.4 million or 6% in 2015 compared to 2014 primarily due to the aforementioned higher death benefits received in 2015.

Other noninterest income increased by $4.0 million or 27% in 2016 compared to 2015. This increase was primarily due to a $2.9 million increase in net gain on sale of leased assets, and a $1.9 million increase in fees for our customer interest rate swap derivatives. The increase was partially offset by a $1.0 million distribution received in 2015 from a low-income housing partnership. Other noninterest income increased by $1.9 million or 14% in 2015 compared to 2014. This increase was primarily due to a $1.1 million increase in fees for our customer interest rate swap derivatives, coupled with the aforementioned $1.0 million distribution received from a low-income housing partnership.


31

Table of Contents


Noninterest Expense

Table 4 presents the major components of noninterest expense for 2016, 2015, and 2014.
Noninterest Expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 4
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
Dollar Change
 
Percent Change
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

 
2014

 
2016
to 2015

 
2015
to 2014

 
2016
to 2015

 
2015
to 2014

Salaries and Benefits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Salaries
$
116,721

 
$
114,389

 
$
114,199

 
$
2,332

 
$
190

 
2
 %
 
 %
Incentive Compensation
23,409

 
18,667

 
17,471

 
4,742

 
1,196

 
25

 
7

Share-Based Compensation
12,150

 
10,390

 
8,808

 
1,760

 
1,582

 
17

 
18

Commission Expense
7,514

 
6,533

 
4,831

 
981

 
1,702

 
15

 
35

Retirement and Other Benefits
17,262

 
16,968

 
16,800

 
294

 
168

 
2

 
1

Payroll Taxes
10,133

 
10,095

 
9,916

 
38

 
179

 

 
2

Medical, Dental, and Life Insurance
13,038

 
11,580

 
10,555

 
1,458

 
1,025

 
13

 
10

Separation Expense
923

 
3,341

 
448

 
(2,418
)
 
2,893

 
(72
)
 
646

Total Salaries and Benefits
201,150

 
191,963


183,028

 
9,187

 
8,935

 
5

 
5

Net Occupancy
30,252

 
30,217

 
37,296

 
35

 
(7,079
)
 

 
(19
)
Net Equipment
20,578

 
20,162

 
18,479

 
416

 
1,683

 
2

 
9

Data Processing
15,208

 
16,472

 
14,979

 
(1,264
)
 
1,493

 
(8
)
 
10

Professional Fees
10,072

 
9,660

 
9,794

 
412

 
(134
)
 
4

 
(1
)
FDIC Insurance
8,615

 
8,669

 
7,936

 
(54
)
 
733

 
(1
)
 
9

Other Expense:
 
 
 
 
 
 


 


 


 


Delivery and Postage Services
9,909

 
9,025

 
8,764

 
884

 
261

 
10

 
3

Mileage Program Travel
4,712

 
4,753

 
5,615

 
(41
)
 
(862
)
 
(1
)
 
(15
)
Merchant Transaction and Card Processing Fees
4,344

 
4,608

 
4,372

 
(264
)
 
236

 
(6
)
 
5

Advertising
5,992

 
5,344

 
5,273

 
648

 
71

 
12

 
1

Amortization - Solar Energy Partnership Investments
4,072

 
2,370

 
1,209

 
1,702

 
1,161

 
72

 
96

Other
35,674

 
44,861

 
30,154


(9,187
)

14,707

 
(20
)
 
49

Total Other Expense
64,703

 
70,961

 
55,387

 
(6,258
)
 
15,574

 
(9
)
 
28

Total Noninterest Expense
$
350,578

 
$
348,104


$
326,899


$
2,474


$
21,205

 
1
 %
 
6
 %

Total salaries and benefits increased by $9.2 million or 5% in 2016 compared to 2015 due in part to a $4.7 million increase in incentive compensation. Salaries expense increased by $2.3 million primarily due to merit increases. Share-based compensation increased by $1.8 million due in part to the value of restricted stock units increasing as a result of the Company’s higher share price. Medical, dental, and life insurance increased by $1.5 million due to higher expenses related to our self-insured medical plans. Commission expense increased by $1.0 million primarily due to an increase in loan origination and refinancing activity. These increases were partially offset by a $2.4 million decrease in separation expense. Total salaries and benefits increased by $8.9 million or 5% in 2015 compared to 2014 due in part to a $2.9 million increase in separation expense. Commission expense increased by $1.7 million primarily due to an increase in loan origination and refinancing activity. Share-based compensation increased by $1.6 million due to additional restricted stock units being amortized and the value of restricted stock units increasing as a result of the Company’s higher share price. In addition, incentive compensation increased by $1.2 million and medical, dental, and life insurance increased by $1.0 million primarily due to higher medical claims in our self-insured plan.

Net occupancy expense remained relatively unchanged in 2016 compared to 2015. Net gain on sale of real estate property decreased $2.2 million from $5.9 million in 2015 to $3.7 million in 2016. Utilities expense decreased by $1.0 million primarily due to lower electricity rates and usage. In addition, net rental expense decreased by $0.6 million, and depreciation and amortization decreased by $0.5 million. Net occupancy decreased by $7.1 million or 19% in 2015 compared to 2014. This decrease was primarily due to the aforementioned $5.9 million gain on sale of real estate property in 2015. In addition, electricity rates declined due in part to lower oil prices.

Net equipment expense increased by $0.4 million or 2% in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily due to an increase in depreciation on information technology equipment. Net equipment expense increased by $1.7 million or 9% in 2015 compared to 2014 primarily due to a $0.7 million increase in software license fees and maintenance. In addition, we incurred a $0.3 million loss on disposal of fixed assets primarily related to the closure of a Honolulu branch. Depreciation expense also increased slightly during 2015 compared to 2014.


32

Table of Contents


Data processing expense decreased by $1.3 million or 8% in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily due to the roll-out of EMV chip-enabled debit cards in 2015. Data processing expense increased by $1.5 million or 10% in 2015 compared to 2014 primarily due to the aforementioned roll-out of EMV chip-enabled debit cards.

FDIC insurance remained relatively unchanged in 2016 compared to 2015. FDIC insurance increased by $0.7 million or 9% in 2015 compared to 2014 due in part to a credit adjustment received in the third quarter of 2014 and an increase in the assessment base.

Other noninterest expense decreased by $6.3 million or 9% in 2016 compared to 2015. This decrease was primarily due to a $9.5 million impairment charge in the third quarter of 2015 on six aircraft which were previously on lease agreements. All aircraft were sold in the first quarter of 2016 resulting in a nominal loss on sale from the reduced carrying value. The decrease in noninterest expense was partially offset by our increased investment in solar energy tax credit partnerships, which caused the related amortization expense to increase by $1.7 million. However, the federal and state tax benefits related to these partnership investments resulted in a net benefit to overall net income. The tax benefits are recorded as a reduction to income tax expense. We also experienced an increase in temporary employment services ($1.0 million) and delivery and postage ($0.9 million). Other noninterest expense increased by $15.6 million or 28% in 2015 compared to 2014. This increase was primarily due to the aforementioned $9.5 million impairment charge on six aircraft in the third quarter of 2015. Insurance expense increased by $2.2 million primarily due to a reserve reduction in the fourth quarter of 2014. In addition, we increased our investment in solar energy tax credit partnerships, which caused the related amortization expense to increase by $1.2 million.

Income Taxes

Table 5 presents our provision for income taxes and effective tax rates for 2016, 2015, and 2014:
Provision for Income Taxes and Effective Tax Rates
 
 
 
Table 5

(dollars in thousands)
Provision for Income Taxes
 
 
Effective Tax Rates

2016
 
$
78,133

 
30.10
%
2015
 
70,498

 
30.49
%
2014
 
74,596

 
31.39
%

The provision for income taxes was $78.1 million in 2016, an increase of $7.6 million or 11% compared to 2015. The effective tax rate was 30.10% in 2016 compared to 30.49% in 2015. The lower effective tax rate in 2016 compared to 2015 was primarily due to a $3.0 million release of state tax reserves due to the lapse in the statute of limitations related to prior tax years and a $0.5 million release of federal tax reserves for a settlement with the IRS for prior tax years, partially offset by a $0.3 million increase to the valuation allowance for low income housing investments and higher pretax book income compared to a fixed amount of tax credits.

The provision for income taxes was $70.5 million in 2015, a decrease of $4.1 million or 5% compared to 2014. The effective tax rate was 30.49% in 2015 compared to 31.39% in 2014. The lower effective tax rate in 2015 compared to 2014 was primarily due to a $1.2 million release of a valuation allowance for the expected utilization of capital losses due to the sale of two low-income housing investments, $0.9 million in additional tax credits, and a $0.4 million release of reserves from uncertain tax positions.

33

Table of Contents


Analysis of Business Segments

Our business segments are Retail Banking, Commercial Banking, Investment Services, and Treasury and Other. Table 6 summarizes net income from our business segments for 2016, 2015, and 2014. Additional information about segment performance is presented in Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Business Segment Net Income
 
 
 
 
Table 6

 
Year Ended December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

 
2014

Retail Banking
$
74,635

 
$
49,715

 
$
35,926

Commercial Banking
77,297

 
58,425

 
51,990

Investment Services
14,081

 
12,298

 
11,704

Total
166,013

 
120,438

 
99,620

Treasury and Other
15,448

 
40,266

 
63,422

Consolidated Total
$
181,461

 
$
160,704

 
$
163,042


Retail Banking

Net income increased by $24.9 million or 50% in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily due to increases in net interest income and noninterest income, partially offset by increases in noninterest expense and the Provision. The increase in net interest income was primarily due to higher volume in both the lending and deposit portfolios as well as higher earnings credits on the segment’s deposit portfolio. The increase in noninterest income was primarily due to higher mortgage banking income as well as higher debit card and credit card income, partially offset by a decrease in overdraft fees. The increase in mortgage banking income was primarily due to higher sales of conforming saleable loans from current production and from our mortgage portfolio, coupled with higher loan origination and refinancing activity. The increase in debit card income was due largely to increased transaction volume and the increase in our credit card income was primarily due to higher commissions and fees related to growth in our credit card business. The increase in noninterest expense was primarily due to higher allocated expenses, higher salaries and benefits expense, and lower net gain on sale of real estate property. The increase in the Provision was primarily due to higher net charge-offs in our installment loan and credit card portfolios and lower net recoveries of home equity loans previously charged off.

Net income increased by $13.8 million or 38% in 2015 compared to 2014 primarily due to increases in net interest income and noninterest income. This was partially offset by increases in the Provision and noninterest expense. The increase in net interest income was primarily due to higher volume in both the lending and deposit portfolios and partially due to the higher earnings credits on the segment’s deposit portfolio. The increase in noninterest income was primarily due to higher mortgage banking income due to an increase in sales of conforming salable loans from current production and from our portfolio. Also contributing to the increase in mortgage banking income was higher loan origination and refinancing activity. The increase in noninterest income was also due to higher commissions and fees income related to growth in our credit card business, partially offset by a decrease in overdraft fees due in part to higher customer deposit balances and a decrease in customers opting in for debit card overdraft coverage. The increase in the Provision was primarily due to higher net recoveries in 2014 of loans and leases previously charged-off and higher net charge-offs in our indirect auto and credit card portfolios. The increase in noninterest expense was primarily due to higher allocated expenses, higher commissions expense due to an increase in mortgage loan origination and refinance activity, higher data processing expense related to the roll-out of EMV chip-enabled debit cards, and an increase in operational losses.

Commercial Banking

Net income increased by $18.9 million or 32% in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily due to increases in net interest income and noninterest income, and to decreases in the Provision and noninterest expense. The increase in net interest income was primarily due to higher volume in both the lending and deposit portfolios. The increase in noninterest income was primarily due to higher net gains on sale of leased equipment and higher fees related to our customer interest rate swap derivatives. The decrease in the Provision was due to higher net recovery of loans and leases in 2016. The decrease in noninterest expense was due to a $9.5 million impairment charge taken in 2015 on six aircraft previously on lease agreements, partially offset by higher allocated expenses.

Net income increased by $6.4 million or 12% in 2015 compared to 2014 primarily due to an increase in net interest income, partially offset by increases to the Provision and noninterest expense and to a decrease in noninterest income. The increase in net

34

Table of Contents


interest income was primarily due to higher volume in both the lending and deposit portfolios, and partially due to higher earnings credits on the segment’s deposit portfolio. The increase in the Provision was due to lower net recoveries of loans and leases in 2015. The increase in noninterest expense was primarily due to the aforementioned $9.5 million impairment charge taken in 2015 on six aircraft previously on lease agreements, and higher allocated expenses. The decrease in noninterest income was primarily attributable to a $1.0 million loss on the sale of an aircraft lease and lower merchant income.

Investment Services

Net income increased by $1.8 million or 14% in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily due to increases in net interest income, partially offset by a decrease in noninterest income and an increase in noninterest expense.  The increase in net interest income was due to higher volume resulting from the transfer of loans and deposits from the Retail Banking segment and higher earnings credit on the segment’s deposit portfolio.  The decrease in noninterest income was primarily due to lower trust and asset management market values and lower fees related to the transition of various services provided to some institutional 401k plans, partially offset by a one-time special service fee income resulting from sale of trust real estate and higher investment advisor fees.  The increase in noninterest expense was primarily due to higher allocated expenses.

Net income increased by $0.6 million or 5% in 2015 compared to 2014 primarily due to increases in net interest income and noninterest income, partially offset by increases in the Provision and noninterest expense.  The increase in net interest income was due to higher loan and deposit volume combined with higher earnings credits on the segment’s deposit portfolio.  The increase in noninterest income was primarily due to higher investment advisory fees and a referral fee related to the transition of various services provided to some institutional 401k plans.  The increase in the Provision was due to lower net recovery of loans in 2015.  The increase in noninterest expense was primarily due to higher salaries and allocated expenses.

Treasury and Other

Net income decreased by $24.8 million or 62% in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily due to a decrease in net interest income and an increase in the Provision, partially offset by a reduction in the provision for income taxes. The decrease in net interest income was primarily due to higher deposit funding costs and lower interest income from the investment securities portfolio resulting from a reduction in volume and lower associated yields partially offset by an increase in funding income related to lending activities. The Provision in this business segment represents the residual provision for credit losses to arrive at the total Provision for the Company. The provision for income taxes in this business segment represents the residual amount to arrive at the total tax expense for the Company. The overall effective tax rate decreased to 30.10% in 2016 compared to 30.49% in 2015.

Net income decreased by $23.2 million or 37% in 2015 compared to 2014 primarily due to a decrease in net interest income and an increase in noninterest expense partially offset by a reduction in the provision for income taxes and an increase in noninterest income. The decrease in net interest income was primarily due to higher deposit funding costs and lower interest income from the investment securities portfolio resulting from a reduction in volume and lower associated yields partially offset by an increase in funding income related to lending activities. Noninterest expenses increased due to an increase in separation expense. The increase in noninterest income was due to an increase in net gains on sales of investment securities, primarily resulting from an increase in the number of Visa Class B restricted shares sold in 2015 as compared to 2014. In 2015, 95,000 Visa Class B shares were sold compared to 90,500 shares in 2014. The overall effective tax rate decreased to 30.49% in 2015 compared to 31.39% in 2014.

Other organizational units (Technology, Operations, Marketing, Human Resources, Finance, Credit and Risk Management, and Corporate and Regulatory Administration) included in Treasury and Other provide a wide range of support to the Company’s other income earning segments. Expenses incurred by these support units are charged to the business segments through an internal cost allocation process.








35

Table of Contents


Analysis of Statements of Condition

Investment Securities

Table 7 presents the maturity distribution at amortized cost, weighted-average yield to maturity, and fair value of our investment securities.
Maturities and Average Yield on Securities
 
Table 7
 
(dollars in millions)
1 Year
or Less

 
Weighted
Average
Yield

 
After 1
Year-5
Years

 
Weighted
Average
Yield

 
After 5
Years-10
Years

 
Weighted
Average
Yield

 
Over 10
Years

 
Weighted
Average
Yield

 
Total

 
Weighted
Average
Yield

 
Fair
Value

As of December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-Sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt Securities Issued by the U.S. Treasury and Government Agencies 2
$
0.6

 
1.6
%
 
$
98.1

 
2.2
%
 
$
308.8

 
1.4
%
 
$

 
%
 
$
407.5

 
1.6
%
 
$
408.7

Debt Securities Issued by States and Political Subdivisions 1
22.8

 
3.0

 
353.5

 
2.8

 
242.9

 
4.2

 
43.0

 
6.1

 
662.2

 
3.6

 
671.8

Debt Securities Issued by Corporations
5.0

 
1.7

 
243.0

 
1.5

 
25.0

 
2.4

 

 

 
273.0

 
1.6

 
269.2

Mortgage-Backed Securities 2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Residential - Government Agencies
8.9

 
3.1

 
130.8

 
1.9

 
100.7

 
2.2

 

 

 
240.4

 
2.1

 
243.8

    Residential - U.S. Government-Sponsored Enterprises

 

 
302.9

 
2.3

 
208.3

 
2.1

 

 

 
511.2

 
2.3

 
507.0

    Commercial - Government Agencies

 

 
15.9

 
2.0

 
73.7

 
1.7

 

 

 
89.6

 
1.7

 
85.5

Total Mortgage-Backed Securities
8.9

 
3.1

 
449.6

 
2.2

 
382.7

 
2.1

 

 

 
841.2

 
2.1

 
836.3

Total
$
37.3

 
2.8
%
 
$
1,144.2

 
2.2
%
 
$
959.4

 
2.4
%
 
$
43.0

 
6.1
%
 
$
2,183.9

 
2.4
%
 
$
2,186.0

Held-to-Maturity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt Securities Issued by the U.S. Treasury and Government Agencies 2
$
155.1

 
0.8
%
 
$
375.0

 
1.3
%
 
$

 
%
 
$

 
%
 
$
530.1

 
1.2
%
 
$
530.9

Debt Securities Issued by States and Political Subdivisions 1

 

 
68.5

 
3.5

 
124.6

 
5.3

 
49.2

 
6.2

 
242.3

 
5.0

 
252.3

Debt Securities Issued by Corporations

 

 
3.2

 
2.5

 
132.4

 
2.1

 

 

 
135.6

 
2.1

 
134.5

Mortgage-Backed Securities 2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Residential - Government Agencies
15.7

 
2.5

 
1,520.9

 
2.1

 
403.5

 
3.3

 

 

 
1,940.1

 
2.3

 
1,936.8

    Residential - U.S. Government-Sponsored Enterprises
0.2

 
4.4

 
365.8

 
2.1

 
386.8

 
2.3

 

 

 
752.8

 
2.2

 
742.6

    Commercial - Government Agencies

 

 
123.1

 
3.1

 
102.8

 
2.4

 
6.2

 
3.8

 
232.1

 
2.8

 
230.4

Total Mortgage-Backed Securities
15.9

 
2.5

 
2,009.8

 
2.1

 
893.1

 
2.8

 
6.2

 
3.8

 
2,925.0

 
2.3

 
2,909.8

Total
$
171.0

 
0.9
%
 
$
2,456.5

 
2.0
%
 
$
1,150.1

 
2.9
%
 
$
55.4

 
5.9
%
 
$
3,833.0

 
2.3
%
 
$
3,827.5

Total Investment Securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2016
$
208.3

 
 
 
$
3,600.7

 
 
 
$
2,109.5

 
 
 
$
98.4

 
 
 
$
6,016.9

 
 
 
$
6,013.5

As of December 31, 2015
$
166.3

 
 
 
$
4,051.1

 
 
 
$
1,838.6

 
 
 
$
162.8

 
 
 
$
6,218.8

 
 
 
$
6,263.2


1 
Weighted-average yields on obligations of states and political subdivisions are generally tax-exempt and are computed on a taxable-equivalent basis using a federal statutory tax rate of 35%.
2 
Maturities for Small Business Administration debt securities and mortgage-backed securities anticipate future prepayments.

The carrying value of our investment securities portfolio was $6.0 billion as of December 31, 2016, a decrease of $220.5 million or 4% compared to December 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2016, our investment securities portfolio was comprised of securities with an average base duration of approximately 3.2 years.

We continually evaluate our investment securities portfolio in response to established asset/liability management objectives, changing market conditions that could affect profitability, and the level of interest rate risk to which we are exposed. These evaluations may cause us to change the level of funds we deploy into investment securities, change the composition of our investment securities portfolio, and change the proportion of investments made into the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity investment categories.

In 2016, we continued to reduce our positions in mortgage-backed securities issued by Ginnie Mae. We re-invested these proceeds primarily into higher-yielding loan products. In addition, we increased our holdings in Small Business Administration securities, U.S. Treasury Notes and mortgage-backed securities issued by Freddie Mac. Ginnie Mae mortgage-backed securities continue to be our largest concentration in our portfolio. As of December 31, 2016, our portfolio of Ginnie Mae mortgage-backed securities was primarily comprised of securities issued in 2008 or later. As of December 31, 2016, these mortgage-backed securities were all AAA-rated. As of December 31, 2016, our available-for-sale investment securities portfolio was comprised of securities with an average base duration of approximately 2.6 years.

36

Table of Contents



Gross unrealized gains in our investment securities portfolio were $53.8 million as of December 31, 2016 and $84.9 million as of December 31, 2015. Gross unrealized losses on our temporarily impaired investment securities were $57.2 million as of December 31, 2016 and $40.5 million as of December 31, 2015. The gross unrealized loss positions were primarily related to mortgage-backed securities issued by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, and corporate debt securities. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

As of December 31, 2016, included in our investment securities portfolio were debt securities issued by political subdivisions within the State of Hawaii of $521.8 million, representing 56% of the total fair value of the Company’s municipal debt securities. Of the entire Hawaii municipal bond portfolio, 94% were credit-rated Aa2 or better by Moody’s while the remaining Hawaii municipal bonds were credit-rated A2 or better by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization. Also, approximately 77% of the Company’s Hawaii municipal bond holdings were general obligation issuances. As of December 31, 2016, there were no other holdings of municipal debt securities that were issued by a single state or political subdivision which comprised more than 10% of the total fair value of the Company’s municipal debt securities.
The Company’s corporate bond holdings as of December 31, 2016 had a fair value of $403.7 million. Of this total, $134.5 million or 33% was fully guaranteed by the Export-Import Bank of the United States, an agency of the U.S. government. Of the remaining $269.2 million of corporate bonds, 76% were credit-rated A or better by Standard & Poor’s while most of the remaining corporate bonds were credit-rated A- or better by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
Loans and Leases

Table 8 presents the composition of our loan and lease portfolio by major categories.
Loans and Leases
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 8

 
December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

 
2014

 
2013

 
2012

Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and Industrial
$
1,249,791

 
$
1,115,168

 
$
1,055,243

 
$
911,367

 
$
829,512

Commercial Mortgage
1,889,551

 
1,677,147

 
1,437,513

 
1,247,510

 
1,097,425

Construction
270,018

 
156,660

 
109,183

 
107,349

 
113,987

Lease Financing
208,332

 
204,877

 
226,189

 
262,207

 
274,969

Total Commercial
3,617,692

 
3,153,852

 
2,828,128

 
2,528,433

 
2,315,893

Consumer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential Mortgage
3,163,073

 
2,925,605

 
2,571,090

 
2,282,894

 
2,349,916

Home Equity
1,334,163

 
1,069,400

 
866,688

 
773,385

 
770,376

Automobile
454,333

 
381,735

 
323,848

 
255,986

 
209,832

Other 1
380,524

 
348,393

 
307,835

 
254,689

 
208,504

Total Consumer
5,332,093

 
4,725,133

 
4,069,461

 
3,566,954

 
3,538,628

Total Loans and Leases
$
8,949,785

 
$
7,878,985

 
$
6,897,589

 
$
6,095,387

 
$
5,854,521

1 Comprised of other revolving credit, installment, and lease financing.

Total loans and leases were $8.9 billion as of December 31, 2016. This represents a $1.1 billion or 14% increase from December 31, 2015.

The commercial loan and lease portfolio is comprised of commercial and industrial loans, commercial mortgages, construction loans, and lease financing. Commercial and industrial loans are made primarily to corporations, middle market, and small businesses for the purpose of financing equipment acquisition, expansion, working capital, and other general business purposes. Commercial mortgages and construction loans are offered to real estate investors, developers, and builders primarily domiciled in Hawaii. Commercial mortgages are secured by first mortgages on commercial real estate at loan-to-value ratios generally not exceeding 75%. The commercial properties are predominantly developments such as retail centers, apartments, industrial properties, and to a lesser extent, specialized properties such as hotels. The primary source of repayment for investor property is cash flow from the property and for owner-occupied property is the operating cash flow from the business. Construction loans are for the purchase or construction of a property for which repayment will be generated by the property. We classify loans as construction until the completion of the construction phase. Following construction, if a loan is retained, the loan is reclassified to the commercial mortgage category. Lease financing consists of direct financing leases and leveraged leases and are used by commercial customers to finance capital purchases. Although our primary market is Hawaii, the commercial portfolio contains loans to some borrowers based on the U.S. Mainland, including some Shared National Credits.

37

Table of Contents



Commercial loans and leases were $3.6 billion as of December 31, 2016, an increase of $463.8 million or 15% from December 31, 2015. Commercial and industrial loans increased by $134.6 million or 12% from December 31, 2015 due to an increase in corporate demand for funding. Commercial mortgage loans increased by $212.4 million or 13% from December 31, 2015 primarily due to increased demand from new and existing customers as the Hawaii economy continued to be strong. Construction loans increased by $113.4 million or 72% from December 31, 2015 primarily due to increased activity in construction projects such as condominiums and low-income housing. Lease financing increased by $3.5 million or 2% from December 31, 2015 primarily due to an increase of energy tax credit leases, partially offset by paydowns.

The consumer loan and lease portfolio is comprised of residential mortgage loans, home equity lines and loans, indirect auto loans and leases, and other consumer loans including personal credit lines, direct installment loans, and rewards-based consumer credit cards. These products are generally offered in the geographic markets we serve. Although we offer a variety of products, our residential mortgage loan portfolio is primarily comprised of fixed-rate loans concentrated in Hawaii. We also offer a variety of home equity lines and loans, usually secured by second mortgages on residential property of the borrower. Automobile lending activities include loans and leases secured by new or used automobiles. We originate automobile loans and leases on an indirect basis through selected dealerships. Direct installment loans are generally unsecured and are often used for personal expenses or for debt consolidation.
  
Consumer loans and leases were $5.3 billion as of December 31, 2016, an increase of $607.0 million or 13% from December 31, 2015. Residential mortgage loans increased by $237.5 million or 8% from December 31, 2015 primarily due to an increase in loan origination and refinance activity. Home equity loans increased by $264.8 million or 25% from December 31, 2015 due in large part to strong new loan production and continued strength in the Hawaii economy.  In addition, we experienced steady line utilization during 2016. Automobile loans increased by $72.6 million or 19% from December 31, 2015 primarily driven by market share gains and steady consumer demand. Other consumer loans increased by $32.1 million or 9% from December 31, 2015 primarily due to growth in our automobile leasing portfolio.

See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and the “Corporate Risk Profile – Credit Risk” section of MD&A for more information on our loan and lease portfolio.

Table 9 presents the geographic distribution of our loan and lease portfolio.
Geographic Distribution of Loan and Lease Portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
Table 9
 
 
December 31, 2016
(dollars in thousands)
Hawaii

 
U.S.
Mainland 
1

 
Guam

 
Other
Pacific
Islands

 
Foreign 2

 
Total

Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and Industrial
$
1,076,742

 
$
105,474

 
$
66,573

 
$
639

 
$
363

 
$
1,249,791

Commercial Mortgage
1,700,162

 
31,003

 
158,386

 

 

 
1,889,551

Construction
262,558

 

 
1,196

 
6,264

 

 
270,018

Lease Financing
56,752

 
147,092

 
1,309

 

 
3,179

 
208,332

Total Commercial
3,096,214

 
283,569

 
227,464

 
6,903

 
3,542

 
3,617,692

Consumer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential Mortgage
3,067,079

 

 
93,764

 
2,230

 

 
3,163,073

Home Equity
1,296,976

 
1,776

 
34,090

 
1,321

 

 
1,334,163

Automobile
360,759

 
13

 
89,617

 
3,944

 

 
454,333

Other 3
303,372

 

 
40,293

 
36,859

 

 
380,524

Total Consumer
5,028,186

 
1,789

 
257,764

 
44,354

 

 
5,332,093

Total Loans and Leases
$
8,124,400

 
$
285,358

 
$
485,228

 
$
51,257

 
$
3,542

 
$
8,949,785

Percentage of Total Loans and Leases
91
%
 
3
%
 
5
%
 
1
%
 
0
%
 
100
%
1  
For secured loans and leases, classification as U.S. Mainland is made based on where the collateral is located. For unsecured loans and leases, classification as U.S. Mainland is made based on the location where the majority of the borrower’s business operations are conducted.
2  
Loans classified as Foreign represent those which are recorded in the Company’s international business units.
3  
Comprised of other revolving credit, installment, and lease financing.

Our commercial and consumer lending activities are concentrated primarily in Hawaii and the Pacific Islands.  Our commercial loan and lease portfolio to borrowers based on the U.S. Mainland includes leveraged lease financing and participation in Shared National Credits.  Our consumer loan and lease portfolio includes limited lending activities on the U.S. Mainland.

38

Table of Contents



Our Hawaii loan and lease portfolio increased by $955.0 million or 13% from December 31, 2015, reflective of a healthy Hawaii economy.

Table 10 presents a maturity distribution for selected loan categories.
Maturities for Selected Loan Categories 1
 
 
 
 
Table 10
 
 
December 31, 2016
(dollars in thousands)
Due in
One Year or Less

 
Due After One
to Five Years 
2

 
Due After 
Five Years 2

 
Total

Commercial and Industrial
$
333,763

 
$
430,444

 
$
485,584

 
$
1,249,791

Construction
74,193

 
106,731

 
89,094

 
270,018

Total
$
407,956

 
$
537,175

 
$
574,678

 
$
1,519,809

1 Based on contractual maturities.
2 As of December 31, 2016, loans maturing after one year consisted of $700.6 million in variable rate loans and $411.3 million in fixed rate loans.

Goodwill

Goodwill was $31.5 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. As of December 31, 2016, based on our qualitative assessment, there were no reporting units where we believed it was more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit was less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. As a result, we had no reporting units where there was a reasonable possibility of failing Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test. See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on our goodwill impairment policy.

Other Assets

Other assets were $194.7 million as of December 31, 2016, a decrease of $4.7 million or 2% from December 31, 2015. This decrease was primarily due to the sale of six aircraft ($4.7 million carrying value as of December 31, 2015) that were previously on lease agreements. See Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the composition of our other assets.

Deposits

Table 11 presents the components of our deposits by major customer categories as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.
Deposits
Table 11
 
 
December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

Consumer
$
6,997,482

 
$
6,445,510

Commercial
6,110,189

 
5,502,739

Public and Other
1,212,569

 
1,302,854

Total Deposits
$
14,320,240

 
$
13,251,103


Total deposits were $14.3 billion as of December 31, 2016, a $1.1 billion or 8% increase from December 31, 2015. This increase was primarily due to a $607.5 million increase in commercial deposits, mainly reflecting core deposit growth. In addition, consumer deposits increased by $552.0 million, mainly due to continued growth in our relationship checking and savings deposits products. These increases were partially offset by a $90.3 million decrease in public and other deposits primarily due to a decrease in public time deposits.

Table 12 presents the components of our savings deposits as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.
Savings Deposits
Table 12
 
 
December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

Money Market
$
1,947,775

 
$
1,794,742

Regular Savings
3,447,924

 
3,230,449

Total Savings Deposits
$
5,395,699

 
$
5,025,191



39

Table of Contents


Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

Table 13 presents the composition of our securities sold under agreements to repurchase.
Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
 
Table 13

 
December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

Private Institutions
$
500,000

 
$
575,000

Government Entities
23,378

 
53,857

Total Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
$
523,378

 
$
628,857


Securities sold under agreements to repurchase decreased by $105.5 million or 17% from December 31, 2015. This decrease was primarily due to repurchase agreements maturing in 2016. As of December 31, 2016, the weighted-average maturity was 40 days for our repurchase agreements with government entities and 3.0 years for our repurchase agreements with private institutions. Some of our repurchase agreements with private institutions may be terminated at earlier specified dates by the private institution or in some cases by either the private institution or the Company. If all such agreements were to terminate at the earliest possible date, the weighted-average maturity for our repurchase agreements with private institutions would decrease to 1.6 years.  As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the weighted-average interest rate for repurchase agreements with government entities was 0.31% and 0.37%, respectively, while the weighted-average interest rate for repurchase agreements with private institutions as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 was 4.14% and 4.22%, respectively, with all rates being fixed. Each of our repurchase agreements is accounted for as collateralized financing arrangements (i.e., a secured borrowing) and not as a sale and subsequent repurchase of securities.  See Note 9 and 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

Other Debt

Other debt was $267.9 million as of December 31, 2016, an increase of $22.2 million or 9% from December 31, 2015. This increase was primarily due to three additional FHLB advances totaling $75.0 million taken during 2016, partially offset by a
$50.0 million FHLB advance which matured during the first quarter of 2016. As of December 31, 2016, our ten FHLB
advances totaled $250.0 million with a weighted-average interest rate of 1.28% and maturity dates ranging from 2018 to 2020. These advances were primarily for asset/liability management purposes. As of December 31, 2016, our remaining line of credit with the FHLB was $1.7 billion.

Pension and Postretirement Plan Obligations

Retirement benefits payable were $48.5 million as of December 31, 2016, a $1.1 million or 2% increase from December 31, 2015. Our pension and postretirement benefit obligations and net periodic benefit cost are actuarially determined based on a number of key assumptions, including the discount rate, the expected return on plan assets, and the health-care cost trend rate. The accounting for pension and postretirement benefit plans reflect the long-term nature of the obligations and the investment horizon of the plan assets. The increase in retirement benefits payable was primarily due to utilizing a lower discount rate.


40

Table of Contents


The discount rate is used to determine the present value of future benefit obligations and the net periodic benefit cost. The discount rate used to value the present value of future benefit obligations as of each year-end is the rate used to estimate the net periodic benefit cost for the following year. Table 14 presents a sensitivity analysis of a 25 basis point change in discount rates to the pension and postretirement benefit plan’s net periodic benefit cost and benefit obligations:
Discount Rate Sensitivity Analysis
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 14
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impact of
 
 
Base Discount Rate
 
Discount Rate
25 Basis Point Increase
 
 
Discount Rate
25 Basis Point Decrease
 
(dollars in thousands)
 
Pension Benefit

 
Postretirement Benefits

 
Pension Benefits

Postretirement Benefits
 
 
Pension Benefits

Postretirement Benefits
 
2016 Net Periodic Benefit Cost
 
4.70
%
 
4.74
%
 
$
18

 
$
(88
)
 
$
(26
)
 
$
89

Benefit Plan Obligations as of December 31, 2016
 
4.45
%
 
4.57
%
 
(2,805
)
 
(795
)
 
2,881

 
822

Estimated 2017 Net Periodic Benefit Cost
 
4.45
%
 
4.57
%
 
29

 
(75
)
 
(38
)
 
76


See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on our pension and postretirement benefit plans.

Foreign Activities

Cross-border outstandings are defined as loans (including accrued interest), acceptances, interest-bearing deposits with other banks, other interest-bearing investments, and any other monetary assets which are denominated in dollars or other non-local currency. As of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, we did not have cross-border outstandings to any foreign country which exceeded 0.75% of our total assets.


41

Table of Contents


Corporate Risk Profile

Managing risk is an essential part of successfully operating our business. Management believes that the most prominent risk exposures for the Company are credit risk, market risk, liquidity risk management, capital management, and operational risk.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk that borrowers or counterparties will be unable or unwilling to repay their obligations in accordance with the underlying contractual terms. We manage and control credit risk in the loan and lease portfolio by adhering to well-defined underwriting criteria and account administration standards established by management. Written credit policies document underwriting standards, approval levels, exposure limits, and other limits or standards deemed necessary and prudent. Portfolio diversification at the obligor, industry, product, and/or geographic location levels is actively managed to mitigate concentration risk. In addition, credit risk management also includes an independent credit review process that assesses compliance with commercial and consumer credit policies, risk ratings, and other critical credit information. In addition to implementing risk management practices that are based upon established and sound lending practices, we adhere to sound credit principles. We understand and evaluate our customers’ borrowing needs and capacity to repay, in conjunction with their character and history.

Commercial and industrial loans are made primarily for the purpose of financing equipment acquisition, expansion, working capital, and other general business purposes. Lease financing consists of direct financing leases and leveraged leases and are used by commercial customers to finance capital purchases ranging from computer equipment to transportation equipment. The credit decisions for these transactions are based upon an assessment of the overall financial capacity of the applicant. A determination is made as to the applicant’s ability to repay in accordance with the proposed terms as well as an overall assessment of the risks involved. In addition to an evaluation of the applicant’s financial condition, a determination is made of the probable adequacy of the primary and secondary sources of repayment, such as additional collateral or personal guarantees, to be relied upon in the transaction. Credit agency reports of the applicant’s credit history supplement the analysis of the applicant’s creditworthiness.

Commercial mortgages and construction loans are offered to real estate investors, developers, builders, and owner-occupants primarily domiciled in Hawaii. These loans are secured by first mortgages on real estate at loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratios deemed appropriate based on the property type, location, overall quality, and sponsorship. Generally, these LTV ratios do not exceed 75%. The commercial properties are predominantly developments such as retail centers, apartments, industrial properties and, to a lesser extent, more specialized properties such as hotels. Substantially our entire commercial mortgage loans are secured by properties located in our primary market area.

In the underwriting of our commercial mortgage loans, we obtain appraisals for the underlying properties. Decisions to lend are based on the economic fundamentals of the property and the creditworthiness of the borrower. In evaluating a proposed commercial mortgage loan, we primarily emphasize the ratio of the property’s projected net cash flows to the loan’s debt service requirement. The debt service coverage ratio normally is not less than 120% and it is computed after deducting for a vacancy factor and property expenses as appropriate. In addition, a personal guarantee of the loan or a portion thereof is sometimes required from the principal(s) of the borrower. We typically require title insurance insuring the priority of our lien, fire, and extended coverage casualty insurance, and flood insurance, if appropriate, in order to protect our security interest in the underlying property. In addition, business interruption insurance or other insurance may be required. Owner-occupant commercial mortgage loans are underwritten based upon the cash flow of the business provided that the real estate asset is utilized in the operation of the business. Real estate is evaluated independently as a secondary source of repayment. As noted above, LTV ratios generally do not exceed 75%.

Construction loans are underwritten against projected cash flows derived from rental income, business income from an owner-occupant, or the sale of the property to an end-user. We may mitigate the risks associated with these types of loans by requiring fixed-price construction contracts, performance and payment bonding, controlled disbursements, and pre-sale contracts or pre-lease agreements.

We offer a variety of first mortgage and junior lien loans to consumers within our markets with residential home mortgages comprising our largest loan category. These loans are generally secured by a primary residence and are underwritten using traditional underwriting systems to assess the credit risks and financial capacity and repayment ability of the consumer. Decisions are primarily based on LTV ratios, debt-to-income (“DTI”) ratios, liquidity, and credit scores. LTV ratios generally do not exceed 80%, although higher levels are permitted with mortgage insurance. We offer variable rate mortgage loans with interest rates that are subject to change every year after the first, third, fifth, or seventh year, depending on the product and are based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). Variable rate mortgage loans are underwritten at fully-indexed interest rates. We do not offer

42

Table of Contents


payment-option facilities, sub-prime or Alt-A loans, or any product with negative amortization. We will selectively offer interest-only mortgage loans through our Private Banking channel.

Home equity loans are secured by both first and second liens on residential property of the borrower. The underwriting terms for the home equity product generally permits borrowing availability, in the aggregate, up to 89.99% of the value of the collateral property at the time of origination. We offer fixed and variable rate home equity loans, with variable rate loans underwritten at fully-indexed interest rates. Our procedures for underwriting home equity loans include an assessment of an applicant’s overall financial capacity and repayment ability. Decisions are primarily based on LTV ratios, DTI ratios, and credit scores. We do not offer home equity loan products with reduced documentation.

Automobile lending activities include loans and leases secured by new or used automobiles. We originate automobile loans and leases on an indirect basis through selected dealerships in Hawaii, Guam and Saipan. Our procedures for underwriting automobile loans include an assessment of an applicant’s overall financial capacity and repayment ability, credit history, and the ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan. Although an applicant’s creditworthiness is the primary consideration, the underwriting process also includes a comparison of the value of the collateral security to the proposed loan amount. We require borrowers to maintain full coverage automobile insurance on automobile loans and leases, with the Bank listed as either the loss payee or additional insured.

General economic conditions in Hawaii remained healthy during 2016, led by a strong tourism industry, relatively low unemployment, rising real estate prices, and an active construction industry. Our overall credit risk position reflects these positive economic trends and our loan portfolio growth and composition.



43

Table of Contents


Non-Performing Assets and Accruing Loans and Leases Past Due 90 Days or More

Table 15 presents a five-year history of non-performing assets and accruing loans and leases past due 90 days or more.
Non-Performing Assets and Accruing Loans and Leases Past Due 90 Days or More
 
Table 15
 
 
December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

 
2014

 
2013

 
2012

Non-Performing Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-Accrual Loans and Leases
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and Industrial
$
151

 
$
5,829

 
$
9,088

 
$
11,929

 
$
5,534

Commercial Mortgage
997

 
3,469

 
745

 
2,512

 
3,030

Construction

 

 

 

 
833

Total Commercial
1,148

 
9,298

 
9,833

 
14,441

 
9,397

Consumer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential Mortgage
13,780

 
14,598

 
14,841

 
20,264

 
21,725

Home Equity
3,147

 
4,081

 
3,097

 
1,740

 
2,074

Total Consumer
16,927

 
18,679

 
17,938

 
22,004

 
23,799

Total Non-Accrual Loans and Leases
18,075

 
27,977

 
27,771

 
36,445

 
33,196

Foreclosed Real Estate
1,686

 
824

 
2,311

 
3,205

 
3,887

Total Non-Performing Assets
$
19,761

 
$
28,801

 
$
30,082

 
$
39,650

 
$
37,083

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accruing Loans and Leases Past Due 90 Days or More
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and Industrial
$

 
$

 
$
2

 
$
1,173

 
$
27

Total Commercial

 

 
2

 
1,173

 
27

Consumer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential Mortgage
3,127

 
4,453

 
4,506

 
4,564

 
6,908

Home Equity
1,457

 
1,710

 
2,596

 
3,009

 
2,701

Automobile
894

 
315

 
616

 
322

 
186

Other 1
1,592

 
1,096

 
941

 
790

 
587

Total Consumer
7,070

 
7,574

 
8,659

 
8,685

 
10,382

Total Accruing Loans and Leases
   Past Due 90 Days or More
$
7,070

 
$
7,574

 
$
8,661

 
$
9,858

 
$
10,409

Restructured Loans on Accrual Status
   and Not Past Due 90 Days or More
$
52,208

 
$
49,430

 
$
45,474

 
$
51,123

 
$
31,844

Total Loans and Leases
$
8,949,785

 
$
7,878,985

 
$
6,897,589

 
$
6,095,387

 
$
5,854,521

Ratio of Non-Accrual Loans and Leases to
   Total Loans and Leases
0.20
%
 
0.36
%
 
0.40
%
 
0.60
%
 
0.57
%
Ratio of Non-Performing Assets to Total Loans and Leases
   and Foreclosed Real Estate
0.22
%
 
0.37
%
 
0.44
%
 
0.65
%
 
0.63
%
Ratio of Commercial Non-Performing Assets to
   Total Commercial Loans and Leases
   and Commercial Foreclosed Real Estate
0.03
%
 
0.29
%
 
0.38
%
 
0.61
%
 
0.45
%
Ratio of Consumer Non-Performing Assets to
   Total Consumer Loans and Leases
   and Consumer Foreclosed Real Estate
0.35
%
 
0.41
%
 
0.47
%
 
0.68
%
 
0.75
%
Ratio of Non-Performing Assets and Accruing
   Loans and Leases Past Due 90 Days or More to
   Total Loans and Leases and Foreclosed Real Estate
0.30
%
 
0.46
%
 
0.56
%
 
0.81
%
 
0.81
%

1 Comprised of other revolving credit, installment, and lease financing.

44

Table of Contents


Table 16 presents the activity in Non-Performing Assets (“NPAs”) for 2016:
Non-Performing Assets    (dollars in thousands)
Table 16

Balance at Beginning of Year
$
28,801

Additions
11,174

Reductions
 
Payments
(10,166
)
Return to Accrual Status
(9,186
)
Sales of Foreclosed Real Estate
(309
)
Charge-offs/Write-downs
(553
)
Total Reductions
(20,214
)
Balance at End of Year
$
19,761


NPAs consist of non-accrual loans and leases, and foreclosed real estate.  Changes in the level of non-accrual loans and leases typically represent increases for loans and leases that reach a specified past due status, offset by reductions for loans and leases that are charged-off, paid down, sold, transferred to foreclosed real estate, or are no longer classified as non-accrual because they have returned to accrual status.

Total NPAs were $19.8 million as of December 31, 2016, a decrease of $9.0 million or 31% from December 31, 2015. The decrease was experienced in both the commercial and consumer lending portfolios. The ratio of our NPAs to total loans and leases, and foreclosed real estate was 0.22% as of December 31, 2016 and 0.37% as of December 31, 2015.

Commercial and industrial non-accrual loans decreased by $5.7 million or 97% from December 31, 2015 due to payoffs. In particular, one loan with a carrying value of $4.3 million as of December 31, 2015 was paid off during the first quarter of 2016. As of December 31, 2016, two commercial borrowers comprised the entire non-accrual balance in this category. 

Commercial mortgage non-accrual loans decreased by $2.5 million or 71% from December 31, 2015 primarily due to the return of one loan to accrual status and paydowns on two loans. We have individually evaluated the three remaining commercial mortgage non-accrual loans for impairment and have recorded no partial charge-offs.

The largest component of our NPAs continues to be residential mortgage loans. Residential mortgage non-accrual loans decreased by $0.8 million or 6% from December 31, 2015 primarily due to paydowns and payoffs. In addition, two loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) were returned to accrual status. Residential mortgage non-accrual loans remain at elevated levels due mainly to the lengthy judiciary foreclosure process as well as residential mortgage loan modifications the Bank entered into to assist our borrowers wishing to remain in their residences despite having financial challenges.  As of December 31, 2016, our residential mortgage non-accrual loans were comprised of 34 loans with a weighted average current LTV ratio of 67%.

Foreclosed real estate represents property acquired as the result of borrower defaults on loans.  Foreclosed real estate is recorded at fair value, less estimated selling costs, at the time of foreclosure.  On an ongoing basis, properties are appraised as required by market conditions and applicable regulations.  Foreclosed real estate increased by $0.9 million or 105% from December 31, 2015 primarily due to the addition of one residential property.

Loans and Leases Past Due 90 Days or More and Still Accruing Interest

Loans and leases in this category are 90 days or more past due, as to principal or interest, and are still accruing interest because they are well secured and in the process of collection.  Loans and leases past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest were $7.1 million as of December 31, 2016, a $0.5 million or 7% decrease from December 31, 2015.  This decrease was primarily in our residential mortgage portfolio.

Impaired Loans

Impaired loans are defined as loans for which we believe it is probable we will not collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  Included in impaired loans are all classes of commercial non-accruing loans (except lease financing and small business loans), all loans modified in a TDR (including accruing TDRs), and other loans where we believe that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  Impaired loans exclude lease financing and smaller balance homogeneous loans (consumer and small business non-accruing loans) that are collectively evaluated for impairment.  Impaired loans were $60.7 million as of December 31, 2016 and $66.7 million as of

45

Table of Contents


December 31, 2015, and had a related Allowance of $3.6 million as of December 31, 2016 and $3.6 million as of December 31, 2015.  The decrease in impaired loans was primarily due to the aforementioned loan payoff of one commercial and industrial loan with a carrying value of $4.3 million as of December 31, 2015. The decrease was also due to paydowns. As of December 31, 2016, we recorded cumulative charge-offs of $15.5 million related to our total impaired loans.  Our impaired loans are considered in management’s assessment of the overall adequacy of the Allowance.

If interest due on the balances of all non-accrual loans as of December 31, 2016 had been accrued under the original terms, approximately $1.4 million in total interest income would have been recorded in 2016, compared to $0.1 million actually recorded as interest income on those loans.

Loans Modified in a Troubled Debt Restructuring

Table 17 presents information on loans whose terms have been modified in a TDR:
Loans Modified in a Troubled Debt Restructuring
 
Table 17

 
December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

Commercial
 
 
 
Commercial and Industrial
$
10,170

 
$
14,860

Commercial Mortgage
9,157

 
9,827

Construction
1,513

 
1,604

Total Commercial
20,840

 
26,291

Consumer

 

Residential Mortgage
25,625

 
28,981

Home Equity
1,516

 
1,089

Automobile
9,660

 
7,012

Other 1
2,326

 
1,665

Total Consumer
39,127

 
38,747

Total
$
59,967

 
$
65,038

1 Comprised of other revolving credit and installment financing.

Loans modified in a TDR decreased by $5.1 million or 8% from December 31, 2015. This decrease was primarily due to the aforementioned loan payoff of one commercial and industrial loan with a carrying value of $4.3 million as of December 31, 2015. Residential mortgage loans remain our largest TDR loan class and represent loans in which we lowered monthly payments to accommodate the borrowers’ financial needs for a period of time. As of December 31, 2016, $52.2 million or 87% of loans modified in a TDR were performing in accordance with their modified contractual terms and were on accrual status.

Generally, loans modified in a TDR are returned to accrual status after the borrower has demonstrated performance under the modified terms by making at least six consecutive payments. See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the modification programs that we currently offer to our customers.

  

46

Table of Contents


Reserve for Credit Losses

The Company’s reserve for credit losses is comprised of two components, the Allowance and the reserve for unfunded commitments (the “Unfunded Reserve”). Table 18 presents the activity in the Company’s reserve for credit losses for the years ended December 31:
Reserve for Credit Losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 18

 
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

 
2014

 
2013

 
2012

 
Balance at Beginning of Period
$
108,952

 
$
114,575

 
$
121,521

 
$
134,276

 
$
144,025

 
Loans and Leases Charged-Off
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and Industrial
(865
)
 
(954
)
 
(2,002
)
 
(8,083
)
 
(3,617
)
 
Construction

 

 

 

 
(330
)
 
Lease Financing

 

 
(66
)
 
(16
)
 

 
Consumer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential Mortgage
(723
)
 
(613
)
 
(771
)
 
(2,013
)
 
(4,408
)
 
Home Equity
(1,104
)
 
(1,330
)
 
(1,672
)
 
(5,220
)
 
(6,717
)
 
Automobile
(6,355
)
 
(5,860
)
 
(3,961
)
 
(2,131
)
 
(2,082
)
 
Other 1
(9,462
)
 
(7,682
)
 
(6,967
)
 
(7,657
)
 
(7,005
)
 
Total Loans and Leases Charged-Off
(18,509
)
 
(16,439
)
 
(15,439
)
 
(25,120
)
 
(24,159
)
 
Recoveries on Loans and Leases Previously Charged-Off
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and Industrial
8,058

 
1,948

 
4,625

 
1,681

 
3,939

 
Commercial Mortgage
53

 
61

 
57

 
557

 
67

 
Construction
23

 
32

 
29

 
365

 
8

 
Lease Financing
3

 
132

 
10

 
41

 
177

 
Consumer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential Mortgage
1,151

 
1,297

 
3,448

 
3,540

 
2,820

 
Home Equity
1,776

 
2,489

 
1,637

 
1,943

 
1,335

 
Automobile
2,207

 
1,917

 
1,577

 
1,628

 
1,931

 
Other 1
1,881

 
1,755

 
2,154

 
1,962

 
3,154

 
Total Recoveries on Loans and Leases
Previously Charged-Off
15,152

 
9,631

 
13,537

 
11,717

 
13,431

 
Net Loans and Leases Charged-Off
(3,357
)
 
(6,808
)
 
(1,902
)
 
(13,403
)
 
(10,728
)
 
Provision for Credit Losses
4,750

 
1,000

 
(4,864
)
 

 
979

 
Provision for Unfunded Commitments
500

 
185

 
(180
)
 
648

 

 
Balance at End of Period 2
$
110,845

 
$
108,952

 
$
114,575

 
$
121,521

 
$
134,276

 
Components
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
$
104,273

 
$
102,880

 
$
108,688

 
$
115,454

 
$
128,857

 
Reserve for Unfunded Commitments
6,572

 
6,072

 
5,887

 
6,067

 
5,419

 
Total Reserve for Credit Losses
$
110,845

 
$
108,952

 
$
114,575

 
$
121,521

 
$
134,276

 
Average Loans and Leases Outstanding
$
8,362,210

 
$
7,423,572

 
$
6,405,431

 
$
5,883,686

 
$
5,680,279

 
Ratio of Net Loans and Leases Charged-Off to
   Average Loans and Leases Outstanding
0.04
%
 
0.09
%
 
0.03
%
 
0.23
%
 
0.19
%
 
Ratio of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses to
Loans and Leases Outstanding
1.17
%
 
1.31
%
 
1.58
%
 
1.89
%
 
2.20
%
 
1 
Comprised of other revolving credit, installment, and lease financing.
2 
Included in this analysis is activity related to the Company’s reserve for unfunded commitments, which is separately recorded in other liabilities in the consolidated statements of condition.




47

Table of Contents


Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
 
Table 19 presents the allocation of the Allowance by loan and lease category.
Allocation of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 19

 
December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

 
2014

 
2013

 
2012

Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and Industrial
$
22,797

 
$
22,052

 
$
26,822

 
$
31,942

 
$
20,724

Commercial Mortgage
33,893

 
31,889

 
31,118

 
29,495

 
33,182

Construction
7,771

 
5,541

 
4,927

 
5,588

 
3,592

Lease Financing
1,219

 
1,232

 
1,684

 
4,421

 
15,206

Total Commercial
65,680

 
60,714

 
64,551

 
71,446

 
72,704

Consumer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential Mortgage
6,435

 
11,151

 
14,069

 
14,631

 
18,063

Home Equity
13,442

 
13,118

 
14,798

 
13,072

 
24,261

Automobile
9,763

 
8,516

 
4,251

 
4,016

 
2,370

Other 1
8,953

 
9,381

 
11,019

 
12,289

 
11,459

Total Consumer
38,593

 
42,166

 
44,137

 
44,008

 
56,153

Total Allocation of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
$
104,273

 
$
102,880

 
$
108,688

 
$
115,454

 
$
128,857

 
 
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
Alloc.
Allow. as
% of
loan or
lease
category

 
Loan
category
as % of
total
loans
and
leases

 
Alloc.
Allow. as
% of
loan or
lease
category

 
Loan
category
as % of
total
loans
and
leases

 
Alloc.
Allow. as
% of
loan or
lease
category

 
Loan
category
as % of
total
loans
and
leases

 
Alloc.
Allow. as
% of
loan or
lease
category

 
Loan
category
as % of
total
loans
and
leases

 
Alloc.
Allow. as
% of
loan or
lease
category

 
Loan
category
as % of
total
loans
and
leases

Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and Industrial
1.82
%
 
13.96
%
 
1.98
%
 
14.15
%
 
2.54
%
 
15.30
%
 
3.50
%
 
14.95
%
 
2.50
%
 
14.17
%
Commercial Mortgage
1.79

 
21.11

 
1.90

 
21.29

 
2.16

 
20.84

 
2.36

 
20.47

 
3.02

 
18.74

Construction
2.88

 
3.02

 
3.54

 
1.99

 
4.51

 
1.58

 
5.20

 
1.76

 
3.15

 
1.95

Lease Financing
0.59

 
2.33

 
0.60

 
2.60

 
0.74

 
3.28

 
1.69

 
4.30

 
5.53

 
4.70

Total Commercial
1.82

 
40.42

 
1.93

 
40.03

 
2.28

 
41.00

 
2.83

 
41.48

 
3.14

 
39.56

Consumer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential Mortgage
0.20

 
35.34

 
0.38

 
37.13

 
0.55

 
37.28

 
0.64

 
37.45

 
0.77

 
40.14

Home Equity
1.01

 
14.91

 
1.23

 
13.57

 
1.71

 
12.56

 
1.69

 
12.69

 
3.15

 
13.16

Automobile
2.15

 
5.08

 
2.23

 
4.85

 
1.31

 
4.70

 
1.57

 
4.20

 
1.13

 
3.58

Other 1
2.35

 
4.25

 
2.69

 
4.42

 
3.58

 
4.46

 
4.83

 
4.18

 
5.50

 
3.56

Total Consumer
0.72

 
59.58

 
0.89

 
59.97

 
1.08

 
59.00

 
1.23

 
58.52

 
1.59

 
60.44

Total
1.17
%
 
100.00
%
 
1.31
%
 
100.00
%
 
1.58
%
 
100.00
%
 
1.89
%
 
100.00
%
 
2.20
%
 
100.00
%
1 Comprised of other revolving credit, installment, and lease financing.

As of December 31, 2016, the Allowance was $104.3 million or 1.17% of total loans and leases outstanding, compared with an Allowance of $102.9 million or 1.31% of total loans and leases outstanding as of December 31, 2015.  The level of the Allowance was commensurate with the Company’s stable credit risk profile, loan portfolio growth and composition, and a healthy Hawaii economy.

Net charge-offs of loans and leases were $3.4 million or 0.04% of total average loans and leases in 2016 compared to $6.8 million or 0.09% of total average loans and leases in 2015. Net charge-offs in our consumer portfolios were $10.6 million in 2016 compared to $8.0 million in 2015. This increase was primarily reflected in our automobile and other consumer portfolios, reflective of the growth and seasoning in these portfolios. Net recoveries in our commercial portfolios were $7.3 million in 2016 compared to net recoveries of $1.2 million in 2015. This increase was primarily due to the recovery of one commercial and industrial loan.


48

Table of Contents


Although we determine the amount of each component of the Allowance separately, the Allowance as a whole was considered appropriate by management as of December 31, 2016 based on our ongoing analysis of estimated probable credit losses, credit risk profiles, economic conditions, coverage ratios, and other relevant factors.

The allocation of the Allowance to our commercial portfolio segment increased by $5.0 million or 8% from December 31, 2015. This increase was primarily due to a $4.2 million increase in the Allowance allocated to the commercial mortgage and construction portfolios due to strong loan growth.
The allocation of the Allowance to our consumer portfolio segment decreased by $3.6 million or 8% from December 31, 2015 and is consistent with current asset quality metrics and economic conditions.

See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the Allowance and credit quality indicators.
Reserve for Unfunded Commitments

The Unfunded Reserve was $6.6 million as of December 31, 2016, an increase of $0.5 million or 8% from December 31, 2015. The process used to determine the Unfunded Reserve is consistent with the process for determining the Allowance, as adjusted for estimated funding probabilities.

Other Credit Risks

In the normal course of business, we serve the needs of state and political subdivisions in multiple capacities, including traditional banking products such as deposit services, and by investing in municipal debt securities. The carrying value of our municipal debt securities was $914.1 million as of December 31, 2016 and $977.9 million as of December 31, 2015. We also maintained investments in corporate bonds with a carrying value of $404.8 million as of December 31, 2016 and $460.2 million as of December 31, 2015. We are exposed to credit risk in these investments should the issuer of a security be unable to meet its financial obligations. This may result in the issuer failing to make scheduled interest payments and/or being unable to repay the principal upon maturity. See the “Analysis of Statements of Condition - Investment Securities” section in MD&A for more information.

Our use of derivative financial instruments has been very limited in recent years. However, these financial instruments do expose the Company to counterparty credit risk. See Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

Market Risk

Market risk is the potential of loss arising from adverse changes in interest rates and prices.  We are exposed to market risk as a consequence of the normal course of conducting our business activities.  Our market risk management process involves measuring, monitoring, controlling, and mitigating risks that can significantly impact our statements of income and condition.  In this management process, market risks are balanced with expected returns in an effort to enhance earnings performance while limiting volatility.

Our primary market risk exposure is interest rate risk.

Interest Rate Risk

The objective of our interest rate risk management process is to maximize net interest income while operating within acceptable limits established for interest rate risk and maintaining adequate levels of funding and liquidity. The potential cash flows, sales, or replacement value of many of our assets and liabilities, especially those that earn or pay interest, are sensitive to changes in the general level of interest rates.  This interest rate risk arises primarily from our core business activities of extending loans and accepting deposits. Our investment securities portfolio is also subject to significant interest rate risk.

Many factors affect our exposure to changes in interest rates, such as general economic and financial conditions, customer preferences, historical pricing relationships, and repricing characteristics of financial instruments. Our earnings are affected not only by general economic conditions but also by the monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. and its agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve Bank (the “FRB”).  The monetary policies of the FRB can influence the overall growth of loans, investment securities, and deposits and the level of interest rates earned on assets and paid for liabilities. 


49

Table of Contents


In managing interest rate risk, we, through the Asset/Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”), measure short and long-term sensitivities to changes in interest rates.  The ALCO, which is comprised of members of executive management, utilizes several techniques to manage interest rate risk, which include:

adjusting the statement of condition mix or altering the interest rate characteristics of assets and liabilities;
changing product pricing strategies;
modifying characteristics of the investment securities portfolio; and
using derivative financial instruments.

Our use of derivative financial instruments, as detailed in Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, has generally been limited.  This is due to natural on-balance sheet hedges arising out of offsetting interest rate exposures from loans and investment securities with deposits and other interest-bearing liabilities.  In particular, the investment securities portfolio is utilized to manage the interest rate exposure and sensitivity to within the guidelines and limits established by the ALCO.  We utilize natural and offsetting economic hedges in an effort to reduce the need to employ off-balance sheet derivative financial instruments to hedge interest rate risk exposures.  Expected movements in interest rates are also considered in managing interest rate risk.  Thus, as interest rates change, we may use different techniques to manage interest rate risk.

A key element in our ongoing process to measure and monitor interest rate risk is the utilization of an asset/liability simulation model that attempts to capture the dynamic nature of the statement of condition.  The model is used to estimate and measure the statement of condition sensitivity to changes in interest rates.  These estimates are based on assumptions about the behavior of loan and deposit pricing, repayment rates on mortgage-based assets, and principal amortization and maturities on other financial instruments.  The model’s analytics include the effects of standard prepayment options on mortgages and customer withdrawal options for deposits.  While such assumptions are inherently uncertain, we believe that our assumptions are reasonable. 
 
We utilize net interest income simulations to analyze short-term income sensitivities to changes in interest rates.  Table 20 presents, for the twelve months subsequent to December 31, 2016 and 2015, an estimate of the change in net interest income that would result from a gradual and immediate change in interest rates, moving in a parallel fashion over the entire yield curve, relative to the measured base case scenario.  The base case scenario assumes the statement of condition and interest rates are generally unchanged.  Based on our net interest income simulation as of December 31, 2016, net interest income is expected to increase as interest rates rise. This is due in part to our strategy to maintain a relatively short investment portfolio duration. In addition, rising interest rates would drive higher rates on loans and investment securities, as well as induce a slower pace of premium amortization on certain securities within our investment portfolio. However, lower interest rates would likely cause a decline in net interest income as lower rates would lead to lower yields on loans and investment securities, as well as drive higher premium amortization on existing investment securities. Since deposit costs are already at low levels, we believe that lower interest rates are unlikely to significantly impact our funding costs. Based on our net interest income simulation as of December 31, 2016, net interest income sensitivity to changes in interest rates for the twelve months subsequent to December 31, 2016 was more sensitive compared to the sensitivity profile for the twelve months subsequent to December 31, 2015. The increase in sensitivity was due to changes in our statement of condition mix, including overall loan and core deposit growth. Also contributing to the sensitivity increase was lengthening the tenor of our liabilities, including public funds and term debt, as well as higher liquidity.

Net Interest Income Sensitivity Profile
 
 
 
 
Table 20
 
 
Impact on Future Annual Net Interest Income
(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
Gradual Change in Interest Rates (basis points)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
+200
$
17,752

 
4.1
%
 
$
11,217

 
2.7
%
+100
8,524

 
1.9

 
5,095

 
1.2

-100
(10,810
)
 
(2.5
)
 
(7,132
)
 
(1.7
)
Immediate Change in Interest Rates (basis points)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
+200
$
45,372

 
10.4
%
 
$
28,194

 
6.9
%
+100
22,090

 
5.0

 
12,840

 
3.1

-100
(27,888
)
 
(6.4
)
 
(20,437
)
 
(5.0
)

To analyze the impact of changes in interest rates in a more realistic manner, non-parallel interest rate scenarios are also simulated. These non-parallel interest rate scenarios indicate that net interest income may decrease from the base case scenario

50

Table of Contents


should the yield curve flatten or become inverted for a period of time. Conversely, if the yield curve were to steepen, net interest income may increase.

Other Market Risks

In addition to interest rate risk, we are exposed to other forms of market risk in our normal business transactions. Foreign currency and foreign exchange contracts expose us to a small degree of foreign currency risk. These transactions are primarily executed on behalf of customers. Our trust and asset management income are at risk to fluctuations in the market values of underlying assets, particularly debt and equity securities. Also, our share-based compensation expense is dependent on the fair value of our stock options, restricted stock units, and restricted stock at the date of grant. The fair value of stock options, restricted stock units, and restricted stock is impacted by the market price of the Parent’s common stock on the date of grant and is at risk to changes in equity markets, general economic conditions, and other factors.

Liquidity Risk Management

The objective of our liquidity risk management process is to manage cash flow and liquidity in an effort to provide continuous access to sufficient, reasonably priced funds.  Funding requirements are impacted by loan originations and refinancings, deposit balance changes, liability issuances and settlements, and off-balance sheet funding commitments.  We consider and comply with various regulatory guidelines regarding required liquidity levels and periodically monitor our liquidity position in light of the changing economic environment and customer activity.  Based on periodic liquidity assessments, we may alter our asset, liability, and off-balance sheet positions.  The ALCO monitors sources and uses of funds and modifies asset and liability positions as liquidity requirements change.  This process, combined with our ability to raise funds in money and capital markets and through private placements, provides flexibility in managing the exposure to liquidity risk.

In an effort to satisfy our liquidity needs, we actively manage our assets and liabilities.  We have access to immediate liquid resources in the form of cash which is primarily on deposit with the FRB. Potential sources of liquidity also include investment securities in our available-for-sale securities portfolio, our ability to sell loans in the secondary market, and to secure borrowings from the FRB and FHLB.  Our held-to-maturity securities, while not intended for sale, may also be utilized in repurchase agreements to obtain funding. Our core deposits have historically provided us with a long-term source of stable and relatively lower cost source of funding.  Additional funding is available through the issuance of long-term debt or equity. 

Maturities and payments on outstanding loans and investment securities also provide a steady flow of funds. Liquidity is further enhanced by our ability to pledge loans to access secured borrowings from the FHLB and FRB. As of December 31, 2016, we could have borrowed an additional $1.7 billion from the FHLB and an additional $625.7 million from the FRB based on the amount of collateral pledged.

We continued our focus on maintaining a strong liquidity position throughout 2016. As of December 31, 2016, cash and cash equivalents were $879.6 million, the carrying value of our available-for-sale investment securities was $2.2 billion, and total deposits were $14.3 billion. As of December 31, 2016, our available-for-sale investment securities portfolio was comprised of securities with an average base duration of approximately 2.6 years.

Capital Management

We actively manage capital, commensurate with our risk profile, in our efforts to enhance shareholder value. We also seek to maintain capital levels for the Company and the Bank at amounts in excess of the regulatory “well-capitalized” thresholds. Periodically, we may respond to market conditions by implementing changes to our overall balance sheet positioning to manage our capital position.

The Company and the Bank are each subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements could cause certain mandatory and discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, would likely have a material effect on our financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative and qualitative measures intended to ensure capital adequacy. In July 2013, the federal banking agencies approved the final rules implementing the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s capital guidelines for U.S. banks. Under the final rules, minimum requirements increased for both the quantity and quality of capital held by the Company. These rules became effective for the Company on January 1, 2015, with full compliance with all of the final rule’s requirements phased in over a multi-year schedule, to be fully phased-in by January 1, 2019. As of December 31, 2016, the Company’s capital levels remained characterized as “well-capitalized.” The Company’s regulatory capital ratios are presented in Table 21 below. There have been

51

Table of Contents


no conditions or events since December 31, 2016 that management believes have changed either the Company’s or the Bank’s capital classifications. See the “Regulatory Initiatives Affecting the Banking Industry” section below for further discussion on Basel III.

As of December 31, 2016, shareholders’ equity was $1.2 billion, an increase of $45.3 million or 4% from December 31, 2015. Earnings for 2016 of $181.5 million, common stock issuances of $10.3 million, and share-based compensation of $6.8 million were offset by cash dividends paid of $81.2 million, common stock repurchases of $61.8 million, and other comprehensive loss of $10.3 million. In 2016, we also repurchased 847,964 shares of our common stock under our share repurchase program at an average cost per share of $68.42 and a total cost of $58.0 million. From the beginning of our share repurchase program in July 2001 through December 31, 2016, we repurchased a total of 53.6 million shares of common stock and returned a total of $2.03 billion to our shareholders at an average cost of $37.84 per share.

From January 1, 2017 through February 15, 2017, the Parent repurchased an additional 51,500 shares of common stock at an average cost of $86.39 per share and a total cost of $4.4 million. The actual amount and timing of future share repurchases, if any, will depend on market and economic conditions, regulatory rules, applicable SEC rules, and various other factors.

In January 2017, the Parent’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.50 per share on the Parent’s outstanding shares. The dividend will be payable on March 14, 2017 to shareholders of record at the close of business on February 28, 2017.

Table 21 presents a five-year history of activities and balances in our capital accounts, along with key capital ratios.
Shareholders’ Equity and Regulatory Capital
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 21
 
 
December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

 
2014

 
2013

 
2012

Change in Shareholders' Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Income
$
181,461

 
$
160,704

 
$
163,042

 
$
150,502

 
$
166,076

Cash Dividends Paid
(81,157
)
 
(78,367
)
 
(79,660
)
 
(80,534
)
 
(81,645
)
Dividend Reinvestment Program
4,271

 
4,316

 
4,479

 
4,656

 
4,721

Common Stock Repurchased
(61,807
)
 
(52,981
)
 
(64,046
)
 
(39,655
)
 
(81,444
)
Other1
2,509

 
27,502

 
19,295

 
(44,658
)
 
11,290

Increase (Decrease) in Shareholders' Equity
$
45,277

 
$
61,174

 
$
43,110

 
$
(9,689
)
 
$
18,998

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Regulatory Capital 2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders' Equity
$
1,161,537

 
$
1,116,260

 
$
1,055,086

 
$
1,011,976

 
$
1,021,665

Less: Goodwill 3
27,413

 
27,416

 
31,517

 
31,517

 
31,550

Postretirement Benefit Liability Adjustments
(28,892
)
 
(28,860
)
 
(34,115
)
 
(22,394
)
 
(30,569
)
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Investment Securities 4
(5,014
)
 
5,304

 
15,984

 
(1,300
)
 
45,977

Other
(198
)
 
(198
)
 
2,069

 
(137
)
 
24

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
1,168,228

 
1,112,598

 
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

Tier 1 Capital
1,168,228

 
1,112,598

 
1,039,631

 
1,004,290

 
974,683

Allowable Reserve for Credit Losses
110,300

 
99,647

 
88,785

 
78,761

 
71,680

Total Regulatory Capital
$
1,278,528

 
$
1,212,245

 
$
1,128,416

 
$
1,083,051

 
$
1,046,363

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk-Weighted Assets 2
$
8,823,485

 
$
7,962,484

 
$
7,077,035

 
$
6,258,143

 
$
5,671,774

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Key Regulatory Capital Ratios 2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio
13.24
%
 
13.97
%
 
N/A%

 
N/A%

 
N/A%

Tier 1 Capital Ratio
13.24

 
13.97

 
14.69

 
16.05

 
17.18

Total Capital Ratio
14.49

 
15.22

 
15.94

 
17.31

 
18.45

Tier 1 Leverage Ratio
7.21

 
7.26

 
7.13

 
7.24

 
7.25

1 Includes unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale investment securities, minimum pension liability adjustments, and common stock issuances under share-based compensation and related tax benefits.
2 December 31, 2016 and 2015 calculated under Basel III rules, which became effective January 1, 2015.
3 December 31, 2016 and 2015 calculated net of deferred tax liabilities.
4 December 31, 2016 and 2015 includes unrealized gains and losses related to the Company’s reclassification of available-for-sale investment securities to the held-to-maturity category.



52

Table of Contents


Regulatory Initiatives Affecting the Banking Industry

Basel III

The FRB and the FDIC approved the final rules implementing the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s (“BCBS”) capital guidelines for U.S. banks. Under the final rules, minimum requirements increased for both the quantity and quality of capital held by the Company. The rules include a new common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets minimum ratio of 4.5%, raise the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets from 4.0% to 6.0%, require a minimum ratio of Total Capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%, and require a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%. A new capital conservation buffer, comprised of common equity Tier 1 capital, was also established above the regulatory minimum capital requirements. This capital conservation buffer began phasing in beginning January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and will increase each subsequent year by an additional 0.625% until reaching its final level of 2.5% on January 1, 2019. Strict eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments were also implemented under the final rules. The final rules also revised the definition and calculation of Tier 1 capital, Total Capital, and risk-weighted assets.

The phase-in period for the final rules became effective for the Company on January 1, 2015, with full compliance with all of the final rules’ requirements phased in over a multi-year schedule, to be fully phased-in by January 1, 2019. As of December 31, 2016, the Company’s capital levels remained characterized as “well-capitalized” under the new rules.

Management continues to monitor regulatory developments and their potential impact to the Company’s liquidity requirements.

Stress Testing

The Dodd-Frank Act required federal banking agencies to issue regulations that obligate banks with total consolidated assets of more than $10.0 billion to conduct and publish company-run annual stress tests to assess the potential impact of different scenarios on the consolidated earnings and capital of each bank and certain related items over a nine-quarter forward-looking planning horizon, taking into account all relevant exposures and activities. On October 9, 2012, the FRB published final rules implementing the stress testing requirements for banks, such as the Company, with total consolidated assets of more than $10.0 billion but less than $50.0 billion.  These rules set forth the timing and type of stress test activities, as well as rules governing controls, oversight and disclosure.

In March 2014, the FRB, OCC, and FDIC issued final supervisory guidance for these stress tests. This joint final supervisory guidance discusses supervisory expectations for stress test practices, provides examples of practices that would be consistent with those expectations, and offers additional details about stress test methodologies. It also emphasizes the importance of stress testing as an ongoing risk management practice.

We submitted our latest stress testing results to the FRB on July 29, 2016 and disclosed the results to the public (via posting to our website) on October 25, 2016.

Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) Assessment

In March 2016, the FDIC approved a final rule that imposes on banks with at least $10 billion in assets, such as the Company, a surcharge of 4.5 cents per $100 of their assessment base, after making certain adjustments. The surcharge became effective for the third quarter of 2016 and the FDIC estimates the surcharge will be imposed for approximately two years. The surcharge takes effect at the same time that the regular FDIC insurance assessment rates for all banks decline under a rule adopted by the FDIC in 2011. We estimate that the net effect of the FDIC assessment changes noted above will reduce our annual FDIC insurance expense by approximately $0.8 million.

Operational Risk

Operational risk represents the risk of loss resulting from our operations, including, but not limited to, the risk of fraud by employees or persons outside the Company, errors relating to transaction processing and technology, failure to adhere to compliance requirements, and the risk of cyber attacks. We are also exposed to operational risk through our outsourcing arrangements, and the effect that changes in circumstances or capabilities of our outsourcing vendors can have on our ability to continue to perform operational functions necessary to our business.  The risk of loss also includes the potential legal actions that could arise as a result of an operational deficiency or as a result of noncompliance with applicable regulatory standards, adverse business decisions or their implementation, and customer attrition due to potential negative publicity. Operational risk is inherent in all business activities, and management of this risk is important to the achievement of Company goals and objectives.

53

Table of Contents



Our Operating Risk Committee (the “ORC”) provides oversight and assesses the most significant operational risks facing the Company. We have developed a framework that provides for a centralized operating risk management function through the ORC, supplemented by business unit responsibility for managing operational risks specific to their business units. Our internal audit department also validates the system of internal controls through ongoing risk-based audit procedures and reports on the effectiveness of internal controls to executive management and the Audit and Risk Committee of the Board of Directors.

We continuously strive to strengthen our system of internal controls to improve the oversight of operational risk.
While our internal controls have been designed to minimize operational risks, there is no assurance that business disruption or operational losses will not occur. On an ongoing basis, management reassesses operational risks, implements appropriate process changes, and invests in enhancements to our systems of internal controls.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Guarantees

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We hold interests in several unconsolidated variable interest entities (“VIEs”). These unconsolidated VIEs are primarily low-income housing partnerships and solar energy tax credit partnership investments. Variable interests are defined as contractual ownership or other interests in an entity that change with fluctuations in an entity’s net asset value. The primary beneficiary consolidates the VIE. We have determined that the Company is not the primary beneficiary of these entities. As a result, we do not consolidate these VIEs. See discussion of our accounting policy related to VIEs in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Guarantees

We pool Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”) insured and U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (“VA”) guaranteed residential mortgage loans for sale to Ginnie Mae. We also sell residential mortgage loans in the secondary market to Fannie Mae. The agreements under which we sell residential mortgage loans to Ginnie Mae or Fannie Mae and the insurance or guaranty agreements with the FHA and VA contain provisions that include various representations and warranties regarding the origination and characteristics of the residential mortgage loans. Although these loans are primarily sold on a non-recourse basis, we may be obligated to repurchase residential mortgage loans or reimburse the respective investor if it is found that required documents were not delivered or were defective.

We also service substantially all of the loans we sell to investors in the secondary market. Each agreement under which we act as servicer generally specifies a standard of responsibility for our actions and provides protection against expenses and liabilities incurred by us when acting in compliance with the respective servicing agreements. However, if we commit a material breach of obligations as servicer, we may be subject to various penalties which may include the repurchase of an affected loan or a reimbursement to the respective investor.

See discussion of our risks related to representation and warranty provisions as well as our risks related to residential mortgage loan servicing activities in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


54

Table of Contents


Contractual Obligations

Our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2016 were as follows:
Contractual Obligations 1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 22

(dollars in thousands)
Less Than One Year

 
1-3 Years

 
4-5 Years

 
After 5 Years

 
Total

Deposits with No Stated Maturity
$
13,102,533

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
13,102,533

Time Deposits
865,027

 
220,106

 
121,916

 
10,658

 
1,217,707

Funds Purchased
9,616

 

 

 

 
9,616

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
23,378

 
200,000

 
275,000

 
25,000

 
523,378

Other Debt 2
449

 
225,897

 
32,833

 

 
259,179

Banker’s Acceptances Outstanding
90

 

 

 

 
90

Capital Lease Obligations
825

 
1,650

 
1,650

 
25,581

 
29,706

Non-Cancelable Operating Leases
13,632

 
22,153

 
18,411

 
103,083

 
157,279

Purchase Obligations
13,421

 
17,570

 
13,305

 
2,290

 
46,586

Pension and Postretirement Benefit Contributions 3
1,427

 
2,763

 
2,905

 
8,776

 
15,871

Total Contractual Obligations
$
14,030,398

 
$
690,139


$
466,020


$
175,388


$
15,361,945


1 
Our liability for unrecognized tax benefits (“UTBs”) as of December 31, 2016 was $6.6 million. We were unable to reasonably estimate the period of cash settlement with the respective taxing authority. As a result, our liability for UTBs is not included in this disclosure.
2 
Includes interest on non-recourse debt.
3 
Amounts only include obligations related to the unfunded non-qualified pension plan and postretirement benefit plan.

Commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, and commercial letters of credit do not necessarily represent future cash requirements in that these commitments often expire without being drawn upon; therefore, these items are not included in the above table (see Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information). Our non-cancelable operating leases and capital lease obligations are primarily related to branch premises, equipment, and a portion of the Company’s headquarters’ building with lease terms extending through 2052. Purchase obligations arise from agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding. Other contracts included in purchase obligations primarily consist of service agreements for various systems and applications supporting bank operations. Pension and postretirement benefit contributions represent the minimum expected contribution to the unfunded non-qualified pension plan and postretirement benefit plan. Actual contributions may differ from these estimates.

See discussion of credit, lease, and other contractual commitments in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Future Application of Accounting Pronouncements

See discussion of the expected impact of accounting pronouncements recently issued but that we have not adopted as of December 31, 2016 in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.



55

Table of Contents


Selected Quarterly Consolidated Financial Data

Table 23 presents our selected quarterly financial data for 2016 and 2015.
Condensed Statements of Income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 23
 
Three Months Ended
 
Three Months Ended
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
Dec 31

 
Sep 30

 
Jun 30

 
Mar 31

 
Dec 31

 
Sep 30

 
Jun 30

 
Mar 31

 
Interest Income
$
117,067

 
$
113,979

 
$
113,785

 
$
113,069

 
$
111,370

 
$
107,360

 
$
107,250

 
$
106,130

 
Interest Expense
9,974

 
10,067

 
10,235

 
10,045

 
9,726

 
9,469

 
9,468

 
9,360

 
Net Interest Income
107,093

 
103,912

 
103,550

 
103,024

 
101,644

 
97,891

 
97,782

 
96,770

 
Provision for Credit Losses
3,250

 
2,500

 
1,000

 
(2,000
)
 
1,000

 

 

 

 
Investment Securities Gains
   (Losses), Net
(337
)
 
(328
)
 
(312
)
 
11,180

 
(181
)
 
24

 
86

 
10,231

 
Noninterest Income
46,840

 
48,442

 
46,831

 
45,027

 
44,947

 
43,197

 
45,839

 
42,076

 
Noninterest Expense
89,589

 
87,532

 
86,071

 
87,386

 
85,727

 
91,888

 
83,574

 
86,915

 
Income Before Provision for
   Income Taxes
60,757

 
61,994

 
62,998

 
73,845

 
59,683

 
49,224

 
60,133

 
62,162

 
Provision for Income Taxes
17,244

 
18,501

 
18,753

 
23,635

 
16,851

 
14,948

 
18,979

 
19,720

 
Net Income
$
43,513

 
$
43,493

 
$
44,245

 
$
50,210

 
$
42,832

 
$
34,276

 
$
41,154

 
$
42,442

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Per Common Share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic Earnings Per Share
$
1.03

 
$
1.02

 
$
1.04

 
$
1.17

 
$
1.00

 
$
0.79

 
$
0.95

 
$
0.98

 
Diluted Earnings Per Share
$
1.02

 
$
1.02

 
$
1.03

 
$
1.16

 
$
0.99

 
$
0.79

 
$
0.95

 
$
0.97

 
Dividends Declared Per Share
$
0.48

 
$
0.48

 
$
0.48

 
$
0.45

 
$
0.45

 
$
0.45

 
$
0.45

 
$
0.45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance Ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Income to Average
   Total Assets (ROA)
1.07

%
1.09

%
1.14

%
1.30

%
1.11

%
0.89

%
1.10

%
1.15

%
Net Income to Average
Shareholders’ Equity (ROE)
14.90

 
14.89

 
15.56

 
17.88

 
15.41

 
12.45

 
15.33

 
16.18

 
Efficiency Ratio 1
58.33

 
57.58

 
57.35

 
54.88

 
58.55

 
65.12

 
58.16

 
58.30

 
Net Interest Margin 2
2.83

 
2.80

 
2.85

 
2.86

 
2.85

 
2.77

 
2.81

 
2.81

 
1 
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
2 
The net interest margin is defined as net interest income, on a taxable equivalent basis, as a percentage of average earning assets.



56

Table of Contents


Fourth Quarter Results and Other Matters
 
Net Income

Net income for the fourth quarter of 2016 was $43.5 million, an increase of $0.7 million or 2% compared to the fourth quarter of 2015. Diluted earnings per share were $1.02 for the fourth quarter of 2016, an increase of $0.03 or 3% compared to the fourth quarter of 2015.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, for the fourth quarter of 2016 was $110.1 million, an increase of $5.5 million or 5% compared to the fourth quarter of 2015. This increase was primarily due to a higher level of earning assets, including growth in both our commercial and consumer lending portfolios. The higher level of earning assets was primarily due to higher deposit balances. Net interest margin was 2.83% for the fourth quarter of 2016, a decrease of 2 basis point compared to the fourth quarter of 2015. Loan and investment yields decreased slightly in the fourth quarter of 2016 compared to the fourth quarter of 2015 primarily due to lower yields in our investment securities and loans. However, this was partially offset by our loans and leases, which generally have higher yields than investment securities, comprising a larger percentage of our earning assets in the current quarter. Market interest rates rose significantly during the fourth quarter of 2016. To the extent interest rates remain at these higher levels or increase further, our margins may improve.  However, as interest rates are still at relatively low levels, any potential increase in our margin will take time to be fully realized.

Provision for Credit Losses

We recorded a Provision of $3.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2016 compared to a Provision of $1.0 million recorded in the fourth quarter of 2015, while recording net charge-offs of loans and leases of $3.0 million and $2.2 million in the fourth quarters of 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Provision recorded was based on our determination that the allowance for loan and lease losses should be $104.3 million as of December 31, 2016.

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income, other than net gains on sales of investment securities, was $46.8 million in the fourth quarter of 2016, an increase of $1.9 million or 4% compared to the fourth quarter of 2015. This increase was primarily due to a $3.1 million increase in mortgage banking income, mainly due to a $2.2 million valuation impairment recovery on our mortgage servicing rights. In addition, we experienced higher sales of conforming saleable loans from current production and from our mortgage loan portfolio, and higher loan origination and refinancing activity. The increase was partially offset by a $1.0 million distribution received in 2015 from a low-income housing partnership.

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense was $89.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2016, an increase of $3.9 million or 5% compared to the fourth quarter of 2015. This increase was primarily due to a $3.0 million decrease in net gain on sale of real estate property. Salaries and benefits expense increased by $2.6 million primarily due to an increase in incentive compensation and share-based compensation. The increase in share-based compensation was primarily due to the value of restricted stock units increasing as a result of the Company’s higher share price. The increase in noninterest expense was partially offset by a $1.4 million decrease in data processing expense primarily due to the roll-out of EMV chip-enabled debit cards in 2015.

Provision for Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes was $17.2 million in the fourth quarter of 2016, an increase of $0.4 million or 2% compared to the fourth quarter of 2015. The effective tax rate for the fourth quarter of 2016 was 28.38% compared with an effective tax rate of 28.23% for the fourth quarter of 2015.

Common Stock Repurchase Program

In the fourth quarter of 2016, we repurchased 133,964 shares of our common stock under our share repurchase program at an average cost per share of $77.83 and a total cost of $10.4 million. See Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information related to our common stock repurchase program.


57

Table of Contents


Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

See the Market Risk section in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation included in Item 7 of this report.

58

Table of Contents


Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Bank of Hawaii Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of Bank of Hawaii Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016. These financial statements are the responsibility of Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Bank of Hawaii Corporation and subsidiaries at December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Bank of Hawaii Corporation's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in the Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated February 27, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.


/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Honolulu, Hawaii
February 27, 2017


59

Table of Contents


Bank of Hawaii Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Income
 
Year Ended December 31,
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
2016

 
2015

 
2014

Interest Income
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and Fees on Loans and Leases
$
333,239

 
$
298,522

 
$
267,407

Income on Investment Securities
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-Sale
41,892

 
41,492

 
42,475

Held-to-Maturity
79,087

 
89,650

 
105,860

Deposits
9

 
8

 
9

Funds Sold
2,861

 
1,133

 
673

Other
812

 
1,305

 
1,209

Total Interest Income
457,900

 
432,110

 
417,633

Interest Expense
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
12,647

 
9,626

 
9,534

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
23,406

 
25,364

 
25,905

Funds Purchased
12

 
12

 
13

Other Debt
4,256

 
3,021

 
2,525

Total Interest Expense
40,321

 
38,023

 
37,977

Net Interest Income
417,579

 
394,087

 
379,656

Provision for Credit Losses
4,750

 
1,000

 
(4,864
)
Net Interest Income After Provision for Credit Losses
412,829

 
393,087

 
384,520

Noninterest Income
 
 
 
 
 
Trust and Asset Management
46,203

 
47,685

 
47,798

Mortgage Banking
19,895

 
11,583

 
7,571

Service Charges on Deposit Accounts
33,654

 
34,072

 
35,669

Fees, Exchange, and Other Service Charges
55,176

 
53,353

 
53,401

Investment Securities Gains, Net
10,203

 
10,160

 
8,063

Annuity and Insurance
7,017

 
7,664

 
8,065

Bank-Owned Life Insurance
6,561

 
7,039

 
6,639

Other
18,634

 
14,663

 
12,811

Total Noninterest Income
197,343

 
186,219

 
180,017

Noninterest Expense
 
 
 
 
 
Salaries and Benefits
201,150

 
191,963

 
183,028

Net Occupancy
30,252

 
30,217

 
37,296

Net Equipment
20,578

 
20,162

 
18,479

Data Processing
15,208

 
16,472

 
14,979

Professional Fees
10,072

 
9,660

 
9,794

FDIC Insurance
8,615

 
8,669

 
7,936

Other
64,703

 
70,961

 
55,387

Total Noninterest Expense
350,578

 
348,104

 
326,899

Income Before Provision for Income Taxes
259,594

 
231,202

 
237,638

Provision for Income Taxes
78,133

 
70,498

 
74,596

Net Income
$
181,461

 
$
160,704

 
$
163,042

Basic Earnings Per Share
$
4.26

 
$
3.72

 
$
3.71

Diluted Earnings Per Share
$
4.23

 
$
3.70

 
$
3.69

Dividends Declared Per Share
$
1.89

 
$
1.80

 
$
1.80

Basic Weighted Average Shares
42,644,100

 
43,217,818

 
43,899,208

Diluted Weighted Average Shares
42,879,783

 
43,454,877

 
44,125,456


The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

60

Table of Contents


Bank of Hawaii Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
 
Year Ended December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

 
2014

Net Income
$
181,461

 
$
160,704

 
$
163,042

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax:
 
 
 
 
 
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Investment Securities
(10,318
)
 
(2,125
)
 
16,858

Defined Benefit Plans
(31
)
 
5,254

 
(11,721
)
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(10,349
)
 
3,129

 
5,137

Comprehensive Income
$
171,112

 
$
163,833

 
$
168,179


The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.


61

Table of Contents


Bank of Hawaii Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Condition
(dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2016

 
December 31,
2015

Assets
 
 
 
Interest-Bearing Deposits in Other Banks
$
3,187

 
$
4,130

Funds Sold
707,343

 
592,892

Investment Securities
 
 
 
Available-for-Sale
2,186,041

 
2,256,818

Held-to-Maturity (Fair Value of $3,827,527 and $4,006,412)
3,832,997

 
3,982,736

Loans Held for Sale
62,499

 
4,808

Loans and Leases
8,949,785

 
7,878,985

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
(104,273
)
 
(102,880
)
Net Loans and Leases
8,845,512

 
7,776,105

Total Earning Assets
15,637,579

 
14,617,489

Cash and Due From Banks
169,077

 
158,699

Premises and Equipment, Net
113,505

 
111,199

Accrued Interest Receivable
46,444

 
44,719

Foreclosed Real Estate
1,686

 
824

Mortgage Servicing Rights
23,663

 
23,002

Goodwill
31,517

 
31,517

Bank-Owned Life Insurance
274,188

 
268,175

Other Assets
194,708

 
199,392

Total Assets
$
16,492,367

 
$
15,455,016

 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
Deposits
 
 
 
Noninterest-Bearing Demand
$
4,772,727

 
$
4,286,331

Interest-Bearing Demand
2,934,107

 
2,761,930

Savings
5,395,699

 
5,025,191

Time
1,217,707

 
1,177,651

Total Deposits
14,320,240

 
13,251,103

Funds Purchased
9,616

 
7,333

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
523,378

 
628,857

Other Debt
267,938

 
245,786

Retirement Benefits Payable
48,451

 
47,374

Accrued Interest Payable
5,334

 
5,032

Taxes Payable and Deferred Taxes
21,674

 
17,737

Other Liabilities
134,199

 
135,534

Total Liabilities
15,330,830

 
14,338,756

Commitments, Contingencies, and Guarantees (Note 20)

 

Shareholders’ Equity
 
 
 
Common Stock ($.01 par value; authorized 500,000,000 shares;
issued / outstanding: December 31, 2016 - 57,856,672 / 42,635,978
and December 31, 2015 - 57,749,071 / 43,282,153)
576

 
575

Capital Surplus
551,628

 
542,041

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
(33,906
)
 
(23,557
)
Retained Earnings
1,415,440

 
1,316,260

Treasury Stock, at Cost (Shares: December 31, 2016 - 15,220,694
and December 31, 2015 - 14,466,918)
(772,201
)
 
(719,059
)
Total Shareholders’ Equity
1,161,537

 
1,116,260

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
$
16,492,367

 
$
15,455,016


The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

62

Table of Contents


Bank of Hawaii Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity
(dollars in thousands)
Common Shares Outstanding

 
Common Stock

 
Capital Surplus

 
Accum. Other Compre-hensive Income (Loss)

 
Retained Earnings

 
Treasury Stock

 
Total

Balance as of December 31, 2013
44,490,385

 
$
572

 
$
522,505

 
$
(31,823
)
 
$
1,151,754

 
$
(631,032
)
 
$
1,011,976

Net Income

 

 

 

 
163,042

 

 
163,042

Other Comprehensive Income

 

 

 
5,137

 

 

 
5,137

Share-Based Compensation

 

 
7,870

 

 

 

 
7,870

Common Stock Issued under Purchase and Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
      Compensation Plans and Related Tax Benefits
345,278

 
2

 
1,557

 

 
(335
)
 
9,543

 
10,767

Common Stock Repurchased
(1,111,455
)
 

 

 

 

 
(64,046
)
 
(64,046
)
Cash Dividends Declared ($1.80 per share)

 

 

 

 
(79,660
)
 

 
(79,660
)
Balance as of December 31, 2014
43,724,208

 
$
574

 
$
531,932

 
$
(26,686
)
 
$
1,234,801

 
$
(685,535
)
 
$
1,055,086



 

 

 

 
 
 

 
 
Net Income

 

 

 

 
160,704

 

 
160,704

Other Comprehensive Income

 

 

 
3,129

 

 

 
3,129

Share-Based Compensation

 

 
7,689

 

 

 

 
7,689

Common Stock Issued under Purchase and Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
      Compensation Plans and Related Tax Benefits
401,904

 
1

 
2,420

 

 
(878
)
 
19,457

 
21,000

Common Stock Repurchased
(843,959
)
 

 

 

 

 
(52,981
)
 
(52,981
)
Cash Dividends Declared ($1.80 per share)

 

 

 

 
(78,367
)
 

 
(78,367
)
Balance as of December 31, 2015
43,282,153

 
$
575

 
$
542,041

 
$
(23,557
)
 
$
1,316,260

 
$
(719,059
)
 
$
1,116,260



 

 

 

 

 

 
 
Net Income

 

 

 

 
181,461

 

 
181,461

Other Comprehensive Loss

 

 

 
(10,349
)
 

 

 
(10,349
)
Share-Based Compensation

 

 
6,786

 

 

 

 
6,786

Common Stock Issued under Purchase and Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
      Compensation Plans and Related Tax Benefits
259,985

 
1

 
2,801

 

 
(1,124
)
 
8,665

 
10,343

Common Stock Repurchased
(906,160
)
 

 

 

 

 
(61,807
)
 
(61,807
)
Cash Dividends Declared ($1.89 per share)

 

 

 

 
(81,157
)
 

 
(81,157
)
Balance as of December 31, 2016
42,635,978

 
$
576

 
$
551,628

 
$
(33,906
)
 
$
1,415,440

 
$
(772,201
)
 
$
1,161,537


The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.



63

Table of Contents


Bank of Hawaii Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
Operating Activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Income
 
$
181,461

 
$
160,704

 
$
163,042

Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for Credit Losses
 
4,750

 
1,000

 
(4,864
)
Impairment of Equipment Held for Sale
 

 
9,453

 

Depreciation and Amortization
 
12,871

 
12,785

 
12,442

Amortization of Deferred Loan and Lease Fees
 
(1,467
)
 
(1,896
)
 
(2,064
)
Amortization and Accretion of Premiums/Discounts on Investment Securities, Net
 
43,728

 
49,698

 
50,280

Share-Based Compensation
 
6,786

 
7,689

 
7,870

Benefit Plan Contributions
 
(1,284
)
 
(1,974
)
 
(1,561
)
Deferred Income Taxes
 
7,187

 
(6,517
)
 
(5,211
)
Net Gains on Sales of Loans and Leases
 
(11,113
)
 
(4,139
)
 
(2,896
)
Net Gains on Investment Securities
 
(10,203
)
 
(10,160
)
 
(8,063
)
Proceeds from Sales of Loans Held for Sale
 
273,597

 
86,338

 
72,096

Originations of Loans Held for Sale
 
(280,391
)
 
(81,224
)
 
(68,006
)
Tax Benefits from Share-Based Compensation
 
(1,153
)
 
(1,076
)
 
(670
)
Net Change in Other Assets and Other Liabilities
 
1,760

 
13,331

 
(2,915
)
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities
 
226,529

 
234,012

 
209,480

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment Securities Available-for-Sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from Prepayments and Maturities
 
398,405

 
413,587

 
325,211

Proceeds from Sales
 
10,430

 
67,985

 
16,574

Purchases
 
(367,346
)
 
(468,573
)
 
(375,620
)
Investment Securities Held-to-Maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from Prepayments and Maturities
 
806,339

 
979,007

 
776,876

Purchases
 
(677,652
)
 
(518,664
)
 
(525,070
)
Purchase of Bank-Owned Life Insurance
 

 

 
(35,000
)
Net Change in Loans and Leases
 
(1,263,749
)
 
(1,092,118
)
 
(809,382
)
Proceeds from Sales of Loans
 
147,898

 
101,803

 

Premises and Equipment, Net
 
(15,177
)
 
(14,130
)
 
(13,660
)
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities
 
(960,852
)
 
(531,103
)
 
(640,071
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Change in Deposits
 
1,069,137

 
618,014

 
718,433

Net Change in Short-Term Borrowings
 
(103,196
)
 
(60,870
)
 
(82,971
)
Proceeds from Other Debt
 
75,000

 
175,000

 

Repayments of Other Debt
 
(50,000
)
 
(100,000
)
 

Tax Benefits from Share-Based Compensation
 
1,153

 
1,076

 
670

Proceeds from Issuance of Common Stock
 
9,079

 
15,364

 
9,995

Repurchase of Common Stock
 
(61,807
)
 
(52,981
)
 
(64,046
)
Cash Dividends Paid
 
(81,157
)
 
(78,367
)
 
(79,660
)
Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities
 
858,209

 
517,236

 
502,421

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
123,886

 
220,145

 
71,830

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period
 
755,721

 
535,576

 
463,746

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period
 
$
879,607

 
$
755,721

 
$
535,576

Supplemental Information
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Paid for Interest
 
$
39,482

 
$
37,419

 
$
36,795

Cash Paid for Income Taxes
 
57,005

 
72,740

 
72,127

Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transfer from Loans to Foreclosed Real Estate
 
1,058

 
676

 
3,950

Transfers from Loans to Loans Held for Sale
 
189,972

 
101,803

 


The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

64

Table of Contents



Note 1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

Bank of Hawaii Corporation (the “Parent”) is a Delaware corporation and a bank holding company headquartered in Honolulu, Hawaii. Bank of Hawaii Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) provide a broad range of financial products and services to customers in Hawaii, Guam, and other Pacific Islands. The majority of the Company’s operations consist of customary commercial and consumer banking services including, but not limited to, lending, leasing, deposit services, trust and investment activities, brokerage services, and trade financing.

The accounting and reporting principles of the Company conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and prevailing practices within the financial services industry. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results may differ from those estimates and such differences could be material to the financial statements.

Certain prior period information has been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

The following is a summary of the Company’s significant accounting policies:

Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Parent and its subsidiaries. The Parent’s principal operating subsidiary is Bank of Hawaii (the “Bank”). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Variable Interest Entities

Variable interests are defined as contractual ownership or other interests in an entity that change with fluctuations in an entity’s net asset value. The primary beneficiary consolidates the variable interest entity (“VIE”). The primary beneficiary is defined as the enterprise that has both the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could be significant to the VIE.

The Company has limited partnership interests in several low-income housing partnerships. These partnerships provide funds for the construction and operation of apartment complexes that provide affordable housing to low-income households. If these developments successfully attract a specified percentage of residents falling in that lower income range, state and/or federal income tax credits are made available to the partners. The tax credits are generally recognized over 10 years. In order to continue receiving the tax credits each year over the life of the partnership, the low-income residency targets must be maintained.

Prior to January 1, 2015, the Company utilized the effective yield method whereby the Company recognized tax credits generally over 10 years and amortized the initial cost of the investment to provide a constant effective yield over the period that tax credits are allocated to the Company. On January 1, 2015, the Company adopted ASU No. 2014-01, “Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects” prospectively for new investments. ASU No. 2014-01 permits reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. As permitted by ASU No. 2014-01, the Company elected to continue to utilize the effective yield method for investments made prior to January 1, 2015.

Unfunded commitments to fund these low-income housing partnerships were $16.2 million and $25.3 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. These unfunded commitments are unconditional and legally binding and are recorded in other liabilities in the consolidated statements of condition. See Note 18 Affordable Housing Projects Tax Credit Partnerships for more information.

The Company also has limited partnership interests in solar energy tax credit partnership investments. These partnerships develop, build, own and operate solar renewable energy projects. Over the course of these investments, the Company expects to receive federal and state tax credits, tax-related benefits, and excess cash available for distribution, if any. The Company may be

65

Table of Contents


called to sell its interest in the limited partnerships through a call option once all investment tax credits have been recognized. Tax benefits associated with these investments are generally recognized over 6 years.
These entities meet the definition of a VIE; however, the Company is not the primary beneficiary of the entities, as the general partner has both the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the entities and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could be significant to the entities. While the partnership agreements allow the limited partners, through a majority vote, to remove the general partner, this right is not deemed to be substantive as the general partner can only be removed for cause.

The investments in these entities are initially recorded at cost, which approximates the maximum exposure to loss as a result of the Company’s involvement with these unconsolidated entities. The balance of the Company’s investments in these entities was $78.9 million and $79.0 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and is included in other assets in the consolidated statements of condition.

Investment Securities

Investment securities are accounted for according to their purpose and holding period. Trading securities are those that are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term. The Company held no trading securities as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. Available-for-sale investment securities, comprised of debt and mortgage-backed securities, are those that may be sold before maturity due to changes in the Company’s interest rate risk profile or funding needs, and are reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, reported as a component of other comprehensive income. Held-to-maturity investment securities, comprised of debt and mortgage-backed securities, are those that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity and are reported at amortized cost.

Realized gains and losses are recorded in noninterest income and are determined on a trade date basis using the specific identification method. Interest and dividends on investment securities are recognized in interest income on an accrual basis. Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted into interest income using the interest method over the expected lives of the individual securities.

Transfers of debt securities from the available-for-sale category to the held-to-maturity category are made at fair value at the date of transfer. The unrealized holding gain or loss at the date of transfer remains in accumulated other comprehensive income and in the carrying value of the held-to-maturity investment security. Premiums or discounts on investment securities are amortized or accreted as an adjustment of yield using the interest method over the estimated life of the security. Unrealized holding gains or losses that remain in accumulated other comprehensive income are also amortized or accreted over the estimated life of the security as an adjustment of yield, offsetting the related amortization of the premium or accretion of the discount.

Other-Than-Temporary-Impairments of Investment Securities

The Company conducts an other-than-temporary-impairment (“OTTI”) analysis of investment securities on a quarterly basis or more often if a potential loss-triggering event occurs. A write-down of a debt security is recorded when fair value is below amortized cost in circumstances where: (1) the Company has the intent to sell a security; (2) it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. If the Company intends to sell a security or if it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery, an OTTI write-down is recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and its fair value. If the Company does not intend to sell the security or it is not more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery, the OTTI write-down is separated into an amount representing credit loss, which is recognized in earnings, and an amount related to all other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income. To determine the amount related to credit loss on a debt security, the Company applies a methodology similar to that used for evaluating the impairment of loans. As of December 31, 2016, management determined that the Company did not own any investment securities that were other-than-temporarily-impaired.

Loans Held for Sale

Residential mortgage loans with the intent to be sold in the secondary market are accounted for on an aggregate basis under the fair value option. Fair value is primarily determined based on quoted prices for similar loans in active markets. Non-refundable fees and direct loan origination costs related to residential mortgage loans held for sale are recognized as part of the cost basis of the loan at the time of sale. Gains and losses on sales of residential mortgage loans (sales proceeds minus carrying value) are recorded in the mortgage banking component of noninterest income.

66

Table of Contents



Commercial loans that management has an active plan to sell are valued on an individual basis at the lower-of-cost-or fair value. Fair value is primarily determined based on quoted prices for similar loans in active markets or agreed upon sales prices. Any reduction in the loan’s value, prior to being transferred to the held-for-sale category, is reflected as a charge-off of the recorded investment in the loan resulting in a new cost basis, with a corresponding reduction in the allowance for loan and lease losses. Further decreases in the fair value of the loan are recognized in noninterest expense.

Loans and Leases

Loans are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income including unamortized deferred loan fees and costs, and cumulative net charge-offs. Interest income is recognized on an accrual basis. Loan origination fees, certain direct costs, and unearned discounts and premiums, if any, are deferred and are generally amortized into interest income as yield adjustments using the interest method over the contractual life of the loan. Loan commitment fees are generally recognized into noninterest income. Other credit-related fees are recognized as fee income, a component of noninterest income, when earned.

Direct financing leases are carried at the aggregate of lease payments receivable plus the estimated residual value of leased property, less unearned income. Leveraged leases, which are a form of direct financing leases, are carried net of non-recourse debt. Unearned income on direct financing and leveraged leases is amortized over the lease term by methods that approximate the interest method. Residual values on leased assets are periodically reviewed for impairment.

Portfolio segments are defined as the level at which an entity develops and documents a systematic methodology to determine its allowance for loan and lease losses (the “Allowance”). Management has determined that the Company has two portfolio segments of loans and leases (commercial and consumer) in determining the Allowance. Both quantitative and qualitative factors are used by management at the portfolio segment level in determining the adequacy of the Allowance for the Company. Classes of loans and leases are a disaggregation of a Company’s portfolio segments. Classes are defined as a group of loans and leases which share similar initial measurement attributes, risk characteristics, and methods for monitoring and assessing credit risk. Management has determined that the Company has eight classes of loans and leases (commercial and industrial, commercial mortgage, construction, lease financing, residential mortgage, home equity, automobile, and other). The “other” class of loans and leases is comprised of revolving credit, credit cards, installment, and lease financing arrangements.

Non-Performing Loans and Leases

Generally, all classes of commercial loans and leases are placed on non-accrual status upon becoming contractually past due 90 days as to principal or interest (unless loans and leases are adequately secured by collateral, are in the process of collection, and are reasonably expected to result in repayment), when terms are renegotiated below market levels, or where substantial doubt about full repayment of principal or interest is evident. For residential mortgage and home equity loan classes, loans past due 120 days as to principal or interest may be placed on non-accrual status, and a partial charge-off may be recorded, depending on the collateral value and/or the collectability of the loan. For automobile and other consumer loan classes, the entire outstanding balance of the loan is charged off when the loan becomes 120 days past due (180 days past due for credit cards) as to principal or interest.

When a loan or lease is placed on non-accrual status, the accrued and unpaid interest receivable is reversed and the loan or lease is accounted for on the cash or cost recovery method until qualifying for return to accrual status. All payments received on non-accrual loans and leases are applied against the principal balance of the loan or lease. A loan or lease may be returned to accrual status when all delinquent interest and principal become current in accordance with the terms of the loan or lease agreement and when doubt about repayment is resolved.

Generally, for all classes of loans and leases, a charge-off is recorded when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and when it is possible to determine a reasonable estimate of the loss. For all classes of commercial loans and leases, a charge-off is determined on a judgmental basis after due consideration of the debtor’s prospects for repayment and the fair value of collateral. For the pooled segment of the Company’s commercial and industrial loan class, which consists of small business loans, the entire outstanding balance of the loan remains on accrual status until it is charged off during the month that the loan becomes 120 days past due as to principal or interest. As previously mentioned, for residential mortgage and home equity loan classes, a partial charge-off may be recorded at 120 days past due as to principal or interest depending on the collateral value and/or the collectability of the loan. In the event that a loan or line in the home equity loan class is behind another financial institution’s first mortgage, the entire outstanding balance of the loan is charged off when the loan becomes 120 days past due as to principal or interest, unless the combined loan-to-value ratio is 60% or less. As noted above, loans in the automobile and other consumer loan

67

Table of Contents


classes are charged off in its entirety upon the loan becoming 120 days past due (180 days past due for credit cards) as to principal or interest.

Impaired Loans

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will not be able to collect all amounts due from the borrower in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan, including scheduled interest payments. Impaired loans include all classes of commercial non-accruing loans (except lease financing and small business loans), and all loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring. Impaired loans exclude lease financing and smaller balance homogeneous loans (consumer and small business non-accruing loans) that are collectively evaluated for impairment.

For all classes of commercial loans, a quarterly evaluation of individual commercial borrowers is performed to identify impaired loans. The identification of specific borrowers for review is based on a review of non-accrual loans as well as those loans specifically identified by management as exhibiting above average levels of risk.

When a loan has been identified as being impaired, the amount of impairment is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s observable market price, or the estimated fair value of the collateral, less any selling costs, if the loan is collateral-dependent. If the measurement of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan (including accrued interest, net of deferred loan fees or costs, and unamortized premiums or discounts), impairment is recognized by establishing or adjusting an existing allocation of the Allowance, or by recording a partial charge-off of the loan to its fair value. Interest payments made on impaired loans are typically applied to principal unless collectability of the principal amount is reasonably assured, in which case interest income may be accrued or recognized on a cash basis.

Loans Modified in a Troubled Debt Restructuring

Loans are considered to have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring when, due to a borrower’s financial difficulties, the Company makes certain concessions to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. Modifications may include interest rate reductions, principal or interest forgiveness, forbearance, and other actions intended to minimize economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. Generally, a non-accrual loan that has been modified in a troubled debt restructuring remains on non-accrual status for a period of at least 6 months to demonstrate that the borrower is able to meet the terms of the modified loan. However, performance prior to the modification, or significant events that coincide with the modification, are included in assessing whether the borrower can meet the new terms and may result in the loan being returned to accrual status at the time of loan modification or after a shorter performance period. If the borrower’s ability to meet the revised payment schedule is uncertain, the loan remains on non-accrual status.

Reserve for Credit Losses

The Company’s reserve for credit losses is comprised of two components, the Allowance and the reserve for unfunded commitments (the “Unfunded Reserve”).

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The Company maintains an Allowance adequate to cover management’s estimate of probable credit losses as of the balance sheet date. Loans and leases that are charged off reduce the Allowance while recoveries of loans and leases previously charged off increase the Allowance. Other changes to the level of the Allowance are recognized through charges or credits to the provision for credit losses (the “Provision”). The Allowance considers both unimpaired and impaired loans and is developed and documented at the portfolio segment level (commercial and consumer).

The level of the Allowance related to the Company’s commercial portfolio segment is generally based on the credit risk ratings and historical loss experience of individual borrowers. This is supplemented as necessary by credit judgment to address observed changes in trends and conditions, and other relevant environmental and economic factors that may affect the collectability of loans and leases. Excluding those loans and leases evaluated individually for impairment, the Company’s remaining commercial loans and leases are pooled and collectively evaluated for impairment based on business unit and internal risk rating segmentation.


68

Table of Contents


The level of the Allowance related to the Company’s consumer portfolio segment is generally based on analyses of homogeneous pools of loans and leases. Loans and leases are pooled based on similar loan and lease risk characteristics for collective evaluation of impairment. Loss estimates are calculated based on historical rolling average loss rates and average delinquency flows to loss. Consumer loans that have been individually evaluated for impairment or modified in a troubled debt restructuring are excluded from the homogeneous pools. Impairment related to such loans is generally determined based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate.

The Allowance also includes an estimate for inherent losses not reflected in the historical analyses. Relevant factors include, but are not limited to, concentrations of credit risk (geographic, large borrower, and industry), economic trends and conditions, changes in underwriting standards, experience and depth of lending staff, trends in delinquencies, and the level of net charge-offs. In addition, the Company uses a variety of other tools to estimate probable credit losses including, but not limited to, a rolling quarterly forecast of asset quality metrics; stress testing; and performance indicators based on the Company’s own experience, peers, or other industry sources.

Reserve for Unfunded Commitments

The Unfunded Reserve is a component of other liabilities and represents the estimate for probable credit losses inherent in unfunded commitments to extend credit. Unfunded commitments to extend credit include banker’s acceptances, and standby and commercial letters of credit. The process used to determine the Unfunded Reserve is consistent with the process for determining the Allowance, as adjusted for estimated funding probabilities or loan and lease equivalency factors. The level of the Unfunded Reserve is adjusted by recording an expense or recovery in other noninterest expense.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other banks, and funds sold. All amounts are readily convertible to cash and have maturities of less than 90 days.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Capital leases are included in premises and equipment at the capitalized amount less accumulated amortization.

Premises and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Estimated useful lives generally range up to 30 years for buildings and up to 10 years for equipment. Capitalized leased assets and leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset or the lease term. Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred, while improvements which extend the estimated useful life of the asset are capitalized and depreciated over the estimated remaining life of the asset.

Premises and equipment are periodically evaluated for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Impairment exists when the expected undiscounted future cash flows of premises and equipment are less than its carrying amount. In that event, the Company records a loss for the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value of the asset based on quoted market prices, if applicable, or a discounted cash flow analysis.

Foreclosed Real Estate

Foreclosed real estate consists of properties acquired through foreclosure proceedings or acceptance of a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure. These properties are recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell the property. If the recorded investment in the loan exceeds the property’s fair value at the time of acquisition, a charge-off is recorded against the Allowance. If the fair value of the property at the time of acquisition exceeds the carrying amount of the loan, the excess is recorded either as a recovery to the Allowance if a charge-off had previously been recorded, or as a gain on initial transfer in other noninterest income. Subsequent decreases in the property’s fair value and operating expenses of the property are recognized through charges to other noninterest expense. The fair value of the property acquired is based on third party appraisals, broker price opinions, recent sales activity, or a combination thereof, subject to management judgment.


69

Table of Contents


Mortgage Servicing Rights

Mortgage servicing rights are recognized as assets when mortgage loans are sold and the rights to service those loans are retained. Mortgage servicing rights are initially recorded at fair value by using a discounted cash flow model to calculate the present value of estimated future net servicing income.

The Company’s mortgage servicing rights accounted for under the fair value method are carried on the statements of condition at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in mortgage banking income in the period in which the change occurs. Changes in the fair value of mortgage servicing rights are primarily due to changes in valuation inputs, assumptions, and the collection and realization of expected cash flows.

The Company’s mortgage servicing rights accounted for under the amortization method are initially recorded at fair value. However, these mortgage servicing rights are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income. An impairment analysis is prepared on a quarterly basis by estimating the fair value of the mortgage servicing rights and comparing that value to the carrying amount. A valuation allowance is established when the carrying amount of these mortgage servicing rights exceeds fair value.

Goodwill

Goodwill is initially recorded as the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired in a business combination and is subsequently evaluated at least annually for impairment. Goodwill impairment testing is performed at the reporting unit level, equivalent to a business segment or one level below. The Company has goodwill assigned to the following reporting units: Investment Services and Retail Banking.

The Company performs its annual evaluation of goodwill impairment in the fourth quarter of each year and on an interim basis if events or changes in circumstances indicate that there may be impairment. The Company performs a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. The qualitative factors considered include, but are not limited to, macroeconomic and State of Hawaii economic conditions, industry and market conditions and trends, the Company’s financial performance, market capitalization, stock price, and any Company-specific events relevant to the assessment. If the assessment of qualitative factors indicates that it is not more likely than not that an impairment exists, no further testing is performed; otherwise an impairment test is performed. The goodwill impairment test is a two-step test. The first step of the goodwill impairment test compares the estimated fair value of identified reporting units with their carrying amount, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than the carrying value, the second step must be performed to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill and the amount of goodwill impairment, if any. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined as if the reporting unit were being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying amount, a loss would be recognized in other noninterest expense to reduce the carrying amount to the implied fair value of goodwill. Subsequent reversals of goodwill impairment are prohibited. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company’s goodwill impairment evaluation, based on its qualitative assessment, indicated there was no impairment.

Non-Marketable Equity Securities

The Company is required to own Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Des Moines and Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) stock as a condition of membership. These non-marketable equity securities are accounted for at cost which equals par or redemption value. These securities do not have a readily determinable fair value as their ownership is restricted and there is no market for these securities. These securities can only be redeemed or sold at their par value and only to the respective issuing government supported institution or to another member institution. The Company records these non-marketable equity securities as a component of other assets and are periodically evaluated for impairment. Management considers these non-marketable equity securities to be long-term investments. Accordingly, when evaluating these securities for impairment, management considers the ultimate recoverability of the par value rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value.

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

The Company enters into agreements under which it sells securities subject to an obligation to repurchase the same or similar securities. Under these arrangements, the Company may transfer legal control over the assets but still retain effective control through an agreement that both entitles and obligates the Company to repurchase the assets. As a result, securities sold under

70

Table of Contents


agreements to repurchase are accounted for as collateralized financing arrangements (i.e., secured borrowings) and not as a sale and subsequent repurchase of securities. The obligation to repurchase the securities is reflected as a liability in the Company’s consolidated statements of condition, while the securities underlying the securities sold under agreements to repurchase remain in the respective asset accounts. See Note 19 Balance Sheet Offsetting for more information.

Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans

The Company incurs certain employment-related expenses associated with its two frozen pension plans and a postretirement benefit plan (the “Plans”). In order to measure the expense associated with the Plans, various assumptions are made including the discount rate, expected return on plan assets, anticipated mortality rates, and expected future healthcare costs. The assumptions are based on historical experience as well as current facts and circumstances. The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for its Plans. As of the measurement date, plan assets are determined based on fair value, generally representing observable market prices. The projected benefit obligation is primarily determined based on the present value of projected benefit distributions at an assumed discount rate.

Net periodic pension benefit costs include interest costs based on an assumed discount rate, the expected return on plan assets based on actuarially derived market-related values, and the amortization of net actuarial gains or losses. Net periodic postretirement benefit costs include service costs, interest costs based on an assumed discount rate, and the amortization of prior service credits and net actuarial gains or losses. Differences between expected and actual results in each year are included in the net actuarial gain or loss amount, which is recognized in other comprehensive income. The net actuarial gain or loss in excess of a 10% corridor is amortized in net periodic benefit cost over the average remaining expected lives of the pension plan participants and over the average remaining future service years of the postretirement benefit plan participants. The prior service credit is amortized over the average remaining service period to full eligibility for participating employees expected to receive benefits.

The Company recognizes in its consolidated statements of condition an asset for a plan’s overfunded status or a liability for a plan’s underfunded status. The Company also measures the Plans’ assets and obligations that determine its funded status as of the end of the year and recognizes those changes in other comprehensive income, net of tax.

Income Taxes

The Parent files a consolidated federal income tax return with the Bank and its subsidiaries. Calculation of the Company’s provision for income taxes requires the interpretation of income tax laws and regulations and the use of estimates and judgments in its determination. The Company is subject to examination by governmental authorities that may give rise to income tax issues due to differing interpretations. Changes to the liability for income taxes also occur due to changes in income tax rates, implementation of new business strategies, resolution of issues with taxing authorities, and newly enacted statutory, judicial, and regulatory guidance.

Deferred income taxes are provided to reflect the tax effect of temporary differences between financial statement carrying amounts and the corresponding tax basis of assets and liabilities. Deferred income taxes are calculated by applying enacted statutory tax rates and tax laws to future years in which temporary differences are expected to reverse. The impact on deferred tax assets and liabilities from a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that the tax rate change is enacted. A deferred tax valuation allowance is established if it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

The Company’s tax sharing policy provides for the settlement of income taxes between each relevant subsidiary as if the subsidiary had filed a separate return. Payments are made to the Parent by subsidiaries with tax liabilities and subsidiaries that generate tax benefits receive payments for those benefits as used.

The Company maintains reserves for certain tax positions that arise in the normal course of business. As of December 31, 2016, these positions were evaluated based on an assessment of probabilities as to the likelihood of whether a liability had been incurred. Such assessments are reviewed as events occur and adjustments to the reserves are made as appropriate. In evaluating a tax position for recognition, the Company evaluates whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. If the tax position meets the more likely than not recognition threshold, the tax position is measured and recognized in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements as the largest amount of tax benefit that, in management’s judgment, is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.


71

Table of Contents


Treasury Stock

Shares of the Parent’s common stock that are repurchased are recorded in treasury stock at cost. On the date of subsequent re-issuance, the treasury stock account is reduced by the cost of such stock on a first-in, first-out basis.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period, assuming conversion of all potentially dilutive common stock equivalents.

Derivative Financial Instruments

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments as an end-user in connection with its risk management activities and to accommodate the needs of its customers. The Company has elected not to qualify for hedge accounting methods addressed under current provisions of GAAP. Derivative financial instruments are stated at fair value on the consolidated statements of condition with changes in fair value reported in current period earnings.

Share-Based Compensation

The Company may grant share-based compensation to employees and non-employee directors in the form of restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock options. The fair value of restricted stock is determined based on the closing price of the Parent’s common stock on the date of grant. The Company recognizes compensation expense related to restricted stock on a straight-line basis over the vesting period for service-based awards, plus additional recognition of costs associated with accelerated vesting based on the projected attainment of Company performance measures. Beginning in 2014, the Company issued restricted stock units (“RSUs”) payable solely in cash which are accounted for as other liabilities in the consolidated statements of condition. The fair value of RSUs is initially valued based on the closing price of the Parent’s common stock on the date of grant and is amortized in the statement of income over the vesting period. The RSUs are subsequently remeasured in the same manner described above at the end of each reporting period until settlement. The fair value of stock options is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and related assumptions. The Company uses historical data to predict option exercise and employee termination behavior. Expected volatilities are based on the historical volatility of the Parent’s common stock. The expected term of options granted is derived from actual historical exercise activity and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate is derived from the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant based on the expected life of the option. The dividend yield is equal to the dividend yield of the Parent’s common stock at the time of grant. The amortization of the expense related to stock options reflects estimated forfeitures, adjusted for actual forfeiture experience. Amortization expense related to stock options is recorded in the statements of income as a component of salaries and benefits for employees and as a component of other noninterest expense for non-employee directors, with a corresponding increase to capital surplus in shareholders’ equity. As the expense related to stock options is recognized, a deferred tax asset is established that represents an estimate of future income tax deductions from the release of restrictions or the exercise of stock options.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs were $6.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 and $5.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

International Operations

The Bank has operations that are conducted in certain Pacific Islands that are denominated in U.S. dollars. These operations are classified as domestic.

72

Table of Contents



Fair Value Measurements

Fair value measurements apply whenever GAAP requires or permits assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value either on a recurring or nonrecurring basis. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for an asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is based on the assumptions that management believes market participants would use when pricing an asset or liability. Fair value measurement and disclosure guidance established a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the use of inputs used in valuation methodologies. Management maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value measurements. Management reviews and updates the fair value hierarchy classifications of the Company’s assets and liabilities on a quarterly basis. The three-level fair value hierarchy is as follows:
Level 1:
Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices, unadjusted, for identical assets or liabilities in active markets. A quoted price in an active market provides the most reliable evidence of fair value and shall be used to measure fair value whenever available. A contractually binding sales price also provides reliable evidence of fair value.
Level 2:
Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or inputs to the valuation methodology that utilize model-based techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.
Level 3:
Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement; inputs to the valuation methodology that utilize model-based techniques for which significant assumptions are not observable in the market; or inputs to the valuation methodology that requires significant management judgment or estimation, some of which may be internally developed.
In determining fair value measurements, management assesses whether the volume and level of activity for an asset or liability have significantly decreased. In such instances, management determines whether recent quoted prices are associated with illiquid or inactive markets. If management concludes that quoted prices are associated with illiquid or inactive markets, adjustments to quoted prices may be necessary or management may conclude that a change in valuation technique or the use of multiple valuation techniques may be appropriate to estimate an asset or liability’s fair value. See Note 14 Employee Benefits and Note 21 Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities for the required fair value measurement disclosures.

Correction of an Immaterial Error to the Financial Statements

The Company determined during the fourth quarter of 2016 the proceeds from the sale of residential mortgage loans transferred from portfolio to held for sale were incorrectly reported on the consolidated statements of cash flows. The consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2015 was adjusted to decrease both the originations of loans held for sale and proceeds from sales of loans held for sale by $101.8 million, with no net impact to the net cash provided by operating activities. In addition, the net change in loans and leases was increased by $101.8 million, and a new line item, proceeds from sales of loans, was inserted for $101.8 million, with no net impact to net cash used in investing activities. These corrections did not impact the consolidated statements of income or the consolidated statements of condition. The Company evaluated the effect of the incorrect presentation of the consolidated statements of cash flows, both qualitatively and quantitatively, and concluded it did not materially misstate the Company’s previously issued financial statements. There was no transfer of loans to loans held for sale during the year ended December 31, 2014.

Accounting Standards Adopted in 2016

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02, “Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis.” This ASU affects reporting entities that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. Specifically, the amendments: (1) modify the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are variable interest entities (“VIEs”) or voting interest entities; (2) eliminate the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership; (3) affect the consolidation analysis of reporting entities that are involved with VIEs, particularly those that have fee arrangements and related party relationships; and (4) provide a scope exception from consolidation guidance for reporting entities with interests in legal entities that are required to comply with or operate in accordance with requirements that are similar to those in Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 for registered money market funds. The Company adopted ASU No. 2015-02 effective January 1, 2016. The adoption of ASU No. 2015-02 did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

73

Table of Contents



In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-05, “Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement.” This ASU provides guidance to customers about whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. If a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, the customer should account for the software license element of the arrangement consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the customer should account for the arrangement as a service contract. The new guidance does not change the accounting for a customer’s accounting for service contracts. The purpose of ASU 2015-05 is to clarify which fees paid in a cloud computing arrangement should be capitalized and which fees should be expensed as incurred. The Company prospectively adopted ASU No. 2015-05 effective January 1, 2016. The adoption of ASU No. 2015-05 did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.


Accounting Standards Pending Adoption

In May 2014, the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board (the “IASB”) jointly issued a comprehensive new revenue recognition standard that will supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). Previous revenue recognition guidance in GAAP consisted of broad revenue recognition concepts together with numerous revenue requirements for particular industries or transactions, which sometimes resulted in different accounting for economically similar transactions. In contrast, IFRS provided limited revenue recognition guidance and, consequently, could be difficult to apply to complex transactions. Accordingly, the FASB and the IASB initiated a joint project to clarify the principles for recognizing revenue and to develop a common revenue standard for U.S. GAAP and IFRS that would: (1) remove inconsistencies and weaknesses in revenue requirements; (2) provide a more robust framework for addressing revenue issues; (3) improve comparability of revenue recognition practices across entities, industries, jurisdictions, and capital markets; (4) provide more useful information to users of financial statements through improved disclosure requirements; and (5) simplify the preparation of financial statements by reducing the number of requirements to which an entity must refer. To meet those objectives, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers.” The standard’s core principle is that a company will recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In doing so, companies generally will be required to use more judgment and make more estimates than under current guidance. These may include identifying performance obligations in the contract, estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. The standard was initially effective for public entities for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016; early adoption was not permitted. However, in August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers - Deferral of the Effective Date” which deferred the effective date by one year (i.e., interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017). For financial reporting purposes, the standard allows for either full retrospective adoption, meaning the standard is applied to all of the periods presented, or modified retrospective adoption, meaning the standard is applied only to the most current period presented in the financial statements with the cumulative effect of initially applying the standard recognized at the date of initial application. In addition, the FASB has begun to issue targeted updates to clarify specific implementation issues of ASU 2014-09. These updates include ASU No. 2016-08, “Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net),” ASU No. 2016-10, “Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing,” ASU No. 2016-12, “Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients,” and ASU No. 2016-20 “Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.” Since the guidance does not apply to revenue associated with financial instruments, including loans and securities that are accounted for under other GAAP, the Company does not expect the new guidance to have a material impact on revenue most closely associated with financial instruments, including interest income and expense. The Company is currently performing an overall assessment of revenue streams potentially affected by the ASU including trust and asset management fees, deposit related fees, interchange fees, and merchant income, to determine the potential impact the new guidance is expected to have on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, the Company continues to follow certain implementation issues relevant to the banking industry which are still pending resolution. The Company plans to adopt ASU No. 2014-09 on January 1, 2018 utilizing the modified retrospective approach.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, “Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.” This ASU addresses certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of financial instruments by making targeted improvements to GAAP as follows: (1) require equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income. However, an entity may choose to measure equity investments that do not have readily determinable fair values at cost minus impairment, if any, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or a similar investment of the same issuer; (2) simplify the impairment assessment of

74

Table of Contents


equity investments without readily determinable fair values by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment. When a qualitative assessment indicates that impairment exists, an entity is required to measure the investment at fair value; (3) eliminate the requirement to disclose the fair value of financial instruments measured at amortized cost for entities that are not public business entities; (4) eliminate the requirement for public business entities to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet; (5) require public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes; (6) require an entity to present separately in other comprehensive income the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments; (7) require separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset (that is, securities or loans and receivables) on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements; and (8) clarify that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax assets. ASU No. 2016-01 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early application is permitted as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption only for provisions (3) and (6) above. Early adoption of the other provisions mentioned above is not permitted. The Company has performed a preliminary evaluation of the provisions of ASU No. 2016-01. Based on this evaluation, the Company has determined that ASU No. 2016-01 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements; however, the Company will continue to closely monitor developments and additional guidance.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases.” Under the new guidance, lessees will be required to recognize the following for all leases (with the exception of short-term leases): 1) a lease liability, which is the present value of a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments, and 2) a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. Lessor accounting under the new guidance remains largely unchanged as it is substantially equivalent to existing guidance for sales-type leases, direct financing leases, and operating leases. Leveraged leases have been eliminated, although lessors can continue to account for existing leveraged leases using the current accounting guidance. Other limited changes were made to align lessor accounting with the lessee accounting model and the new revenue recognition standard. All entities will classify leases to determine how to recognize lease-related revenue and expense. Quantitative and qualitative disclosures will be required by lessees and lessors to meet the objective of enabling users of financial statements to assess the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The intention is to require enough information to supplement the amounts recorded in the financial statements so that users can understand more about the nature of an entity’s leasing activities. ASU No. 2016-02 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018; early adoption is permitted. All entities are required to use a modified retrospective approach for leases that exist or are entered into after the beginning of the earliest comparative period in the financial statements. They have the option to use certain relief; full retrospective application is prohibited. The Company has several lease agreements, such as branch locations, which are currently considered operating leases, and therefore, not recognized on the Company’s consolidated statements of condition. The Company expects the new guidance will require these lease agreements to now be recognized on the consolidated statements of condition as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability. Therefore, the Company’s preliminary evaluation indicates the provisions of ASU No. 2016-02 are expected to impact the Company’s consolidated statements of condition. However, the Company continues to evaluate the extent of potential impact the new guidance will have on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, “Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting.” This ASU includes provisions intended to simplify various aspects related to how share-based payments are accounted for and presented in the financial statements. Some of the key provisions of this new ASU include: (1) companies will no longer record excess tax benefits and certain tax deficiencies in additional paid-in capital (“APIC”). Instead, they will record all excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies as income tax expense or benefit in the income statement, and APIC pools will be eliminated. The guidance also eliminates the requirement that excess tax benefits be realized before companies can recognize them. In addition, the guidance requires companies to present excess tax benefits as an operating activity on the statement of cash flows rather than as a financing activity; (2) increase the amount an employer can withhold to cover income taxes on awards and still qualify for the exception to liability classification for shares used to satisfy the employer’s statutory income tax withholding obligation. The new guidance will also require an employer to classify the cash paid to a tax authority when shares are withheld to satisfy its statutory income tax withholding obligation as a financing activity on its statement of cash flows (current guidance did not specify how these cash flows should be classified); and (3) permit companies to make an accounting policy election for the impact of forfeitures on the recognition of expense for share-based payment awards. Forfeitures can be estimated, as required today, or recognized when they occur. ASU No. 2016-09 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company adopted ASU No. 2016-09 on January 1, 2017 and elected to recognize forfeitures as they occur. The Company expects adoption of ASU No. 2016-09 could result in increased volatility to reported income tax expense related to excess tax benefits and tax

75

Table of Contents


deficiencies for employee share-based transactions, however, the actual amounts recognized in income tax expense will be dependent on the amount of employee share-based transactions and the stock price at the time of vesting or exercise.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.” This ASU significantly changes how entities will measure credit losses for most financial assets and certain other instruments that aren’t measured at fair value through net income. In issuing the standard, the FASB is responding to criticism that today’s guidance delays recognition of credit losses. The standard will replace today’s “incurred loss” approach with an “expected loss” model. The new model, referred to as the current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model, will apply to: (1) financial assets subject to credit losses and measured at amortized cost, and (2) certain off-balance sheet credit exposures. This includes, but is not limited to, loans, leases, held-to-maturity securities, loan commitments, and financial guarantees. The CECL model does not apply to available-for-sale (“AFS”) debt securities. For AFS debt securities with unrealized losses, entities will measure credit losses in a manner similar to what they do today, except that the losses will be recognized as allowances rather than reductions in the amortized cost of the securities. As a result, entities will recognize improvements to estimated credit losses immediately in earnings rather than as interest income over time, as they do today. The ASU also simplifies the accounting model for purchased credit-impaired debt securities and loans. ASU 2016-13 also expands the disclosure requirements regarding an entity’s assumptions, models, and methods for estimating the allowance for loan and lease losses. In addition, entities will need to disclose the amortized cost balance for each class of financial asset by credit quality indicator, disaggregated by the year of origination. ASU No. 2016-13 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019; early adoption is permitted for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Entities will apply the standard’s provisions as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective (i.e., modified retrospective approach). The Company has begun its implementation efforts by establishing a Company-wide implementation team. This team has assigned roles and responsibilities, key tasks to complete, and a general timeline to be followed. The implementation team meets periodically to discuss the latest developments and ensure progress is being made. The Company’s preliminary evaluation indicates the provisions of ASU No. 2016-13 are expected to impact the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, in particular the level of the reserve for credit losses. However, the Company continues to evaluate the extent of the potential impact.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, “Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments.” Current GAAP is unclear or does not include specific guidance on how to classify certain transactions in the statement of cash flows. This ASU is intended to reduce diversity in practice in how eight particular transactions are classified in the statement of cash flows. ASU No. 2016-15 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted, provided that all of the amendments are adopted in the same period. Entities will be required to apply the guidance retrospectively. If it is impracticable to apply the guidance retrospectively for an issue, the amendments related to that issue would be applied prospectively. As this guidance only affects the classification within the statement of cash flows, ASU No. 2016-15 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, “Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment.” The guidance removes Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test, which requires a hypothetical purchase price allocation. Goodwill impairment will now be the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. All other goodwill impairment guidance will remain largely unchanged. ASU No. 2017-04 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, applied prospectively. Early adoption is permitted for any impairment tests performed after January 1, 2017. The Company expects to early adopt upon the next goodwill impairment test in 2017. ASU No. 2017-04 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Note 2.  Restrictions on Cash

The Company is required to maintain cash on hand or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank based on the amount of certain customer deposits, mainly checking accounts. The Bank’s average required reserve balances were $153.4 million and $99.3 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.


76

Table of Contents


Note 3.  Investment Securities

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of the Company’s investment securities as of December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 were as follows:
(dollars in thousands)
Amortized
Cost

 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 
Fair
Value

December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-Sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt Securities Issued by the U.S. Treasury and Government Agencies
$
407,478

 
$
2,531

 
$
(1,294
)
 
$
408,715

Debt Securities Issued by States and Political Subdivisions
662,231

 
11,455

 
(1,887
)
 
671,799

Debt Securities Issued by Corporations
273,044

 
5

 
(3,870
)
 
269,179

Mortgage-Backed Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Residential - Government Agencies
240,412

 
4,577

 
(1,145
)
 
243,844

    Residential - U.S. Government-Sponsored Enterprises
511,234

 
971

 
(5,218
)
 
506,987

    Commercial - Government Agencies
89,544

 

 
(4,027
)
 
85,517

Total Mortgage-Backed Securities
841,190

 
5,548

 
(10,390
)
 
836,348

Total
$
2,183,943

 
$
19,539

 
$
(17,441
)
 
$
2,186,041

Held-to-Maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt Securities Issued by the U.S. Treasury and Government Agencies
$
530,149

 
$
1,562

 
$
(771
)
 
$
530,940

Debt Securities Issued by States and Political Subdivisions
242,295

 
9,991

 

 
252,286

Debt Securities Issued by Corporations
135,620

 
416

 
(1,528
)
 
134,508

Mortgage-Backed Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Residential - Government Agencies
1,940,076

 
20,567

 
(23,861
)
 
1,936,782

    Residential - U.S. Government-Sponsored Enterprises
752,768

 
798

 
(10,919
)
 
742,647

    Commercial - Government Agencies
232,089

 
940

 
(2,665
)
 
230,364

Total Mortgage-Backed Securities
2,924,933

 
22,305

 
(37,445
)
 
2,909,793

Total
$
3,832,997

 
$
34,274

 
$
(39,744
)
 
$
3,827,527

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-Sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt Securities Issued by the U.S. Treasury and Government Agencies
$
356,260

 
$
3,472

 
$
(838
)
 
$
358,894

Debt Securities Issued by States and Political Subdivisions
709,724

 
22,498

 
(304
)
 
731,918

Debt Securities Issued by Corporations
313,136

 
236

 
(4,502
)
 
308,870

Mortgage-Backed Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Residential - Government Agencies
310,966

 
6,546

 
(1,267
)
 
316,245

    Residential - U.S. Government-Sponsored Enterprises
442,760

 
1,368

 
(2,264
)
 
441,864

    Commercial - Government Agencies
103,227

 

 
(4,200
)
 
99,027

Total Mortgage-Backed Securities
856,953

 
7,914

 
(7,731
)
 
857,136

Total
$
2,236,073

 
$
34,120

 
$
(13,375
)
 
$
2,256,818

Held-to-Maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt Securities Issued by the U.S. Treasury and Government Agencies
$
489,747

 
$
1,359

 
$
(1,139
)
 
$
489,967

Debt Securities Issued by States and Political Subdivisions
245,980

 
17,114

 

 
263,094

Debt Securities Issued by Corporations
151,301

 
368

 
(2,041
)
 
149,628

Mortgage-Backed Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Residential - Government Agencies
2,191,138

 
27,893

 
(19,067
)
 
2,199,964

    Residential - U.S. Government-Sponsored Enterprises
647,762

 
1,656

 
(2,616
)
 
646,802

    Commercial - Government Agencies
256,808

 
2,381

 
(2,232
)
 
256,957

Total Mortgage-Backed Securities
3,095,708

 
31,930

 
(23,915
)
 
3,103,723

Total
$
3,982,736

 
$
50,771

 
$
(27,095
)
 
$
4,006,412

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-Sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt Securities Issued by the U.S. Treasury and Government Agencies
$
325,365

 
$
5,933

 
$
(40
)
 
$
331,258

Debt Securities Issued by States and Political Subdivisions
723,474

 
21,941

 
(1,445
)
 
743,970

Debt Securities Issued by Corporations
298,272

 
546

 
(3,985
)
 
294,833

Mortgage-Backed Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Residential - Government Agencies
452,493

 
10,986

 
(1,043
)
 
462,436

    Residential - U.S. Government-Sponsored Enterprises
276,390

 
2,262

 
(191
)
 
278,461

    Commercial - Government Agencies
186,813

 

 
(8,581
)
 
178,232

Total Mortgage-Backed Securities
915,696

 
13,248

 
(9,815
)
 
919,129

Total
$
2,262,807

 
$
41,668

 
$
(15,285
)
 
$
2,289,190

Held-to-Maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt Securities Issued by the U.S. Treasury and Government Agencies
$
498,767

 
$
2,008

 
$
(1,159
)
 
$
499,616

Debt Securities Issued by States and Political Subdivisions
249,559

 
15,459

 

 
265,018

Debt Securities Issued by Corporations
166,686

 
109

 
(3,442
)
 
163,353

Mortgage-Backed Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Residential - Government Agencies
2,862,369

 
45,407

 
(20,636
)
 
2,887,140

    Residential - U.S. Government-Sponsored Enterprises
379,365

 
3,635

 
(15
)
 
382,985

    Commercial - Government Agencies
309,933

 
241

 
(3,791
)
 
306,383

Total Mortgage-Backed Securities
3,551,667

 
49,283

 
(24,442
)
 
3,576,508

Total
$
4,466,679

 
$
66,859

 
$
(29,043
)
 
$
4,504,495


77

Table of Contents


The table below presents an analysis of the contractual maturities of the Company’s investment securities as of December 31, 2016. Debt securities issued by government agencies (Small Business Administration securities) and mortgage-backed securities are disclosed separately in the table below as these investment securities may prepay prior to their scheduled contractual maturity dates.
(dollars in thousands)
Amortized
Cost

 
Fair Value

Available-for-Sale:
 
 
 
Due in One Year or Less
$
27,855

 
$
27,963

Due After One Year Through Five Years
597,063

 
596,178

Due After Five Years Through Ten Years
267,948

 
272,249

Due After Ten Years
42,959

 
45,127

 
935,825

 
941,517

 
 
 
 
Debt Securities Issued by Government Agencies
406,928

 
408,176

Mortgage-Backed Securities:
 
 
 
    Residential - Government Agencies
240,412

 
243,844

    Residential - U.S. Government-Sponsored Enterprises
511,234

 
506,987

    Commercial - Government Agencies
89,544

 
85,517

Total Mortgage-Backed Securities
841,190

 
836,348

Total
$
2,183,943

 
$
2,186,041

 
 
 
 
Held-to-Maturity:
 
 
 
Due in One Year or Less
$
155,107

 
$
155,104

Due After One Year Through Five Years
446,716

 
449,231

Due After Five Years Through Ten Years
257,018

 
261,732

Due After Ten Years
49,223

 
51,667

 
908,064

 
917,734

Mortgage-Backed Securities:
 
 
 
    Residential - Government Agencies
1,940,076

 
1,936,782

    Residential - U.S. Government-Sponsored Enterprises
752,768

 
742,647

    Commercial - Government Agencies
232,089

 
230,364

Total Mortgage-Backed Securities
2,924,933

 
2,909,793

Total
$
3,832,997

 
$
3,827,527


Investment securities with carrying values of $2.4 billion, $2.5 billion, and $2.8 billion as of December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively, were pledged to secure deposits of governmental entities and securities sold under agreements to repurchase.

The table below presents the gains and losses from the sales of investment securities for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014.
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

 
2014

Gross Gains on Sales of Investment Securities
$
11,180

 
$
11,640

 
$
8,063

Gross Losses on Sales of Investment Securities
(977
)
 
(1,480
)
 

Net Gains on Sales of Investment Securities
$
10,203

 
$
10,160

 
$
8,063


The losses during the year ended December 31, 2016 were due to fees paid to the counterparties of our prior Visa Class B share sale transactions. The securities sold for losses in 2015 were government agency commercial mortgage-backed securities categorized as available-for-sale. These securities were sold to reduce our allocation to the sector and did not represent an overall change in strategy.

The income tax expense related to the Company’s net realized gains on the sales of investment securities was $4.0 million in 2016 and 2015, and $3.2 million in 2014.



78

Table of Contents


The Company’s investment securities in an unrealized loss position, segregated by continuous length of impairment, were as follows:
 
Less Than 12 Months
 
12 Months or Longer
 
Total
(dollars in thousands)
Fair Value

 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 
Fair Value

 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 
Fair Value

 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses

December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-Sales:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt Securities Issued by the U.S. Treasury
 and Government Agencies
$
143,715

 
$
(562
)
 
$
89,211

 
$
(732
)
 
$
232,926

 
$
(1,294
)
Debt Securities Issued by States
 and Political Subdivisions
211,188

 
(1,873
)
 
6,725

 
(14
)
 
217,913

 
(1,887
)
Debt Securities Issued by Corporations
67,332

 
(714
)
 
196,838

 
(3,156
)
 
264,170

 
(3,870
)
Mortgage-Backed Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Residential - Government Agencies
38,355

 
(89
)
 
11,185

 
(1,056
)
 
49,540

 
(1,145
)
    Residential - U.S. Government-Sponsored Enterprises
397,385

 
(5,218
)
 

 

 
397,385

 
(5,218
)
    Commercial - Government Agencies
5,097

 
(164
)
 
80,420

 
(3,863
)
 
85,517

 
(4,027
)
Total Mortgage-Backed Securities
440,837

 
(5,471
)
 
91,605

 
(4,919
)
 
532,442

 
(10,390
)
Total
$
863,072

 
$
(8,620
)
 
$
384,379

 
$
(8,821
)
 
$
1,247,451

 
$
(17,441
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Held-to-Maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt Securities Issued by the U.S. Treasury
 and Government Agencies
$
169,926

 
$
(771
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
169,926

 
$
(771
)
Debt Securities Issued by Corporations
69,601

 
(971
)
 
15,933

 
(557
)
 
85,534

 
(1,528
)
Mortgage-Backed Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Residential - Government Agencies
835,227

 
(15,313
)
 
231,377

 
(8,548
)
 
1,066,604

 
(23,861
)
    Residential - U.S. Government-Sponsored Enterprises
693,047

 
(10,919
)
 

 

 
693,047

 
(10,919
)
    Commercial - Government Agencies
87,586

 
(2,597
)
 
18,653

 
(68
)
 
106,239

 
(2,665
)
Total Mortgage-Backed Securities
1,615,860

 
(28,829
)
 
250,030

 
(8,616
)
 
1,865,890

 
(37,445
)
Total
$
1,855,387

 
$
(30,571
)
 
$
265,963

 
$
(9,173
)
 
$
2,121,350

 
$
(39,744
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-Sales:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt Securities Issued by the U.S. Treasury
 and Government Agencies
$
144,260

 
$
(822
)
 
$
5,452

 
$
(16
)
 
$
149,712

 
$
(838
)
Debt Securities Issued by States
 and Political Subdivisions
72,248

 
(252
)
 
6,798

 
(52
)
 
79,046

 
(304
)
Debt Securities Issued by Corporations
101,269

 
(1,747
)
 
162,304

 
(2,755
)
 
263,573

 
(4,502
)
Mortgage-Backed Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Residential - Government Agencies
30,679

 
(130
)
 
9,117

 
(1,137
)
 
39,796

 
(1,267
)
    Residential - U.S. Government-Sponsored Enterprises
346,603

 
(2,264
)
 

 

 
346,603

 
(2,264
)
    Commercial - Government Agencies

 

 
99,026

 
(4,200
)
 
99,026

 
(4,200
)
Total Mortgage-Backed Securities
377,282

 
(2,394
)
 
108,143

 
(5,337
)
 
485,425

 
(7,731
)
Total
$
695,059

 
$
(5,215
)
 
$
282,697

 
$
(8,160
)
 
$
977,756

 
$
(13,375
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Held-to-Maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt Securities Issued by the U.S. Treasury
and Government Agencies
$
264,747

 
$
(1,139
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
264,747

 
$
(1,139
)
Debt Securities Issued by Corporations
28,218

 
(66
)
 
71,208

 
(1,975
)
 
99,426

 
(2,041
)
Mortgage-Backed Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Residential - Government Agencies
562,502

 
(5,828
)
 
414,207

 
(13,239
)
 
976,709

 
(19,067
)
    Residential - U.S. Government-Sponsored Enterprises
450,147

 
(2,616
)
 

 

 
450,147

 
(2,616
)
    Commercial - Government Agencies
74,040

 
(958
)
 
52,207

 
(1,274
)
 
126,247

 
(2,232
)
Total Mortgage-Backed Securities
1,086,689

 
(9,402
)
 
466,414

 
(14,513
)
 
1,553,103

 
(23,915
)
Total
$
1,379,654

 
$
(10,607
)
 
$
537,622

 
$
(16,488
)
 
$
1,917,276

 
$
(27,095
)

The Company does not believe that the investment securities that were in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2016, which were comprised of 307 securities, represent an other-than-temporary impairment. Total gross unrealized losses were

79

Table of Contents


primarily attributable to changes in interest rates, relative to when the investment securities were purchased, and not due to the credit quality of the investment securities. As of December 31, 2016, the gross unrealized losses reported for mortgage-backed securities were mostly related to investment securities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association. The Company does not intend to sell the investment securities that were in an unrealized loss position and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investment securities before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be at maturity.

Interest income from taxable and non-taxable investment securities for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 were as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

 
2014

Taxable
$
100,541

 
$
109,912

 
$
127,128

Non-Taxable
20,438

 
21,230

 
21,207

Total Interest Income from Investment Securities
$
120,979

 
$
131,142

 
$
148,335


As of December 31, 2016, included in the Company’s investment securities portfolio were debt securities issued by political subdivisions within the State of Hawaii of $521.8 million, representing 56% of the total fair value of the Company’s municipal debt securities. Of the entire Hawaii municipal bond portfolio, 94% were credit-rated Aa2 or better by Moody’s while the remaining Hawaii municipal bonds were credit-rated A2 or better by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization. Of the Company’s total Hawaii municipal bond holdings, 77% were general obligation issuances. As of December 31, 2016, there were no other holdings of municipal debt securities that were issued by a single state or political subdivision which comprised more than 10% of the total fair value of the Company’s municipal debt securities.
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the carrying value of the Company’s Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines (“FHLB Des Moines”) stock and Federal Reserve Bank stock was as follows:
 
December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
$
20,000

 
$
19,000

Federal Reserve Bank Stock
20,063

 
19,836

Total
$
40,063

 
$
38,836


These securities can only be redeemed or sold at their par value and only to the respective issuing government-supported institution or to another member institution.  The Company records these non-marketable equity securities as a component of other assets and periodically evaluates these securities for impairment.  Management considers these non-marketable equity securities to be long-term investments.  Accordingly, when evaluating these securities for impairment, management considers the ultimate recoverability of the par value rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value.

Visa Class B Restricted Shares

In 2008, the Company received Visa Class B restricted shares as part of Visa’s initial public offering. These shares are transferable only under limited circumstances until they can be converted into the publicly traded Class A common shares. This conversion will not occur until the settlement of certain litigation which is indemnified by Visa members, including the Company. Visa funded an escrow account from its initial public offering to settle these litigation claims. Should this escrow account not be sufficient to cover these litigation claims, Visa is entitled to fund additional amounts to the escrow account by reducing each member bank’s Class B conversion ratio to unrestricted Class A shares. As of December 31, 2016, the conversion ratio was 1.6483.

During the first quarter of 2016, the Company recorded an $11.2 million net gain on the sale of 100,000 Visa Class B shares. Concurrent with this sale, the Company entered into an agreement with the buyer that requires payment to the buyer in the event Visa further reduces the conversion ratio. Based on the existing transfer restriction and the uncertainty of the outcome of the Visa litigation mentioned above, the remaining 180,914 Class B shares (298,201 Class A equivalents) that the Company owns as of December 31, 2016 are carried at a zero cost basis.


80

Table of Contents


Note 4.  Loans and Leases and the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

Loans and Leases

The Company’s loan and lease portfolio was comprised of the following as of December 31, 2016 and 2015:
 
December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

Commercial
 
 
 
Commercial and Industrial
$
1,249,791

 
$
1,115,168

Commercial Mortgage
1,889,551

 
1,677,147

Construction
270,018

 
156,660

Lease Financing
208,332

 
204,877

Total Commercial
3,617,692

 
3,153,852

Consumer
 
 
 
Residential Mortgage
3,163,073

 
2,925,605

Home Equity
1,334,163

 
1,069,400

Automobile
454,333

 
381,735

Other 1
380,524

 
348,393

Total Consumer
5,332,093

 
4,725,133

Total Loans and Leases
$
8,949,785

 
$
7,878,985

1 Comprised of other revolving credit, installment, and lease financing.

Total loans and leases were reported net of unearned income of $36.3 million and $47.3 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Commercial loans and residential mortgage loans of $1.1 billion and $1.0 billion were pledged to secure an undrawn FRB line of credit as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, residential mortgage loans of $2.3 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively, were pledged under a blanket pledge arrangement to secure FHLB advances. See Note 10 Other Debt for FHLB advances outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Net gains related to sales of residential mortgage loans, recorded as a component of mortgage banking income, were $11.8 million, $5.9 million, and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively. Net gains on sales of commercial loans were not material for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014.

Substantially all of the Company’s lending activity is with customers located in Hawaii. A substantial portion of the Company’s real estate loans are secured by real estate in Hawaii.

81

Table of Contents


Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The following presents by portfolio segment, the activity in the Allowance for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014. The following also presents by portfolio segment, the balance in the Allowance disaggregated on the basis of the Company’s impairment measurement method and the related recorded investment in loans and leases as of December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014.
(dollars in thousands)
Commercial

 
Consumer

 
Total

For the Year Ended December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses:
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at Beginning of Period
$
60,714

 
$
42,166

 
$
102,880

Loans and Leases Charged-Off
(865
)
 
(17,644
)
 
(18,509
)
Recoveries on Loans and Leases Previously Charged-Off
8,137

 
7,015

 
15,152

Net Loans and Leases Recovered (Charged-Off)
7,272

 
(10,629
)
 
(3,357
)
Provision for Credit Losses
(2,306
)
 
7,056

 
4,750

Balance at End of Period
$
65,680

 
$
38,593

 
$
104,273

As of December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses:
 
 
 
 
 
Individually Evaluated for Impairment
$
45

 
$
3,510

 
$
3,555

Collectively Evaluated for Impairment
65,635

 
35,083

 
100,718

Total
$
65,680

 
$
38,593

 
$
104,273

Recorded Investment in Loans and Leases:
 
 
 
 
 
Individually Evaluated for Impairment
$
21,572

 
$
39,126

 
$
60,698

Collectively Evaluated for Impairment
3,596,120

 
5,292,967

 
8,889,087

Total
$
3,617,692

 
$
5,332,093

 
$
8,949,785

 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses:
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at Beginning of Period
$
64,551

 
$
44,137

 
$
108,688

Loans and Leases Charged-Off
(954
)
 
(15,485
)
 
(16,439
)
Recoveries on Loans and Leases Previously Charged-Off
2,173

 
7,458

 
9,631

Net Loans and Leases Recovered (Charged-Off)
1,219

 
(8,027
)
 
(6,808
)
Provision for Credit Losses
(5,056
)
 
6,056

 
1,000

Balance at End of Period
$
60,714

 
$
42,166

 
$
102,880

As of December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses:
 
 
 
 
 
Individually Evaluated for Impairment
$
205

 
$
3,373

 
$
3,578

Collectively Evaluated for Impairment
60,509

 
38,793

 
99,302

Total
$
60,714

 
$
42,166

 
$
102,880

Recorded Investment in Loans and Leases:
 
 
 
 
 
Individually Evaluated for Impairment
$
27,950

 
$
38,747

 
$
66,697

Collectively Evaluated for Impairment
3,125,902

 
4,686,386

 
7,812,288

Total
$
3,153,852

 
$
4,725,133

 
$
7,878,985

 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses:
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at Beginning of Period
$
71,446

 
$
44,008

 
$
115,454

Loans and Leases Charged-Off
(2,068
)
 
(13,371
)
 
(15,439
)
Recoveries on Loans and Leases Previously Charged-Off
4,721

 
8,816

 
13,537

Net Loans and Leases Recovered (Charged-Off)
2,653

 
(4,555
)
 
(1,902
)
Provision for Credit Losses
(9,548
)
 
4,684

 
(4,864
)
Balance at End of Period
$
64,551

 
$
44,137

 
$
108,688

As of December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses:
 
 
 
 
 
Individually Evaluated for Impairment
$
2,387

 
$
3,561

 
$
5,948

Collectively Evaluated for Impairment
62,164

 
40,576

 
102,740

Total
$
64,551

 
$
44,137

 
$
108,688

Recorded Investment in Loans and Leases:
 
 
 
 
 
Individually Evaluated for Impairment
$
25,116

 
$
39,631

 
$
64,747

Collectively Evaluated for Impairment
2,803,012

 
4,029,830

 
6,832,842

Total
$
2,828,128

 
$
4,069,461

 
$
6,897,589


82

Table of Contents


Credit Quality Indicators

The Company uses several credit quality indicators to manage credit risk in an ongoing manner. The Company uses an internal credit risk rating system that categorizes loans and leases into pass, special mention, or classified categories. Credit risk ratings are applied individually to those classes of loans and leases that have significant or unique credit characteristics that benefit from a case-by-case evaluation. These are typically loans and leases to businesses or individuals in the classes which comprise the commercial portfolio segment. Groups of loans and leases that are underwritten and structured using standardized criteria and characteristics, such as statistical models (e.g., credit scoring or payment performance), are typically risk-rated and monitored collectively. These are typically loans and leases to individuals in the classes which comprise the consumer portfolio segment.

The following are the definitions of the Company’s credit quality indicators:

Pass:
Loans and leases in all classes within the commercial and consumer portfolio segments that are not adversely rated, are contractually current as to principal and interest, and are otherwise in compliance with the contractual terms of the loan or lease agreement. Management believes that there is a low likelihood of loss related to those loans and leases that are considered pass.

Special Mention:
Loans and leases that have potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If not addressed, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or lease. Management believes that there is a moderate likelihood of some loss related to those loans and leases that are considered special mention.

Classified:
Loans and leases in the classes within the commercial portfolio segment that are inadequately protected by the sound worth and paying capacity of the borrower or of the collateral pledged, if any. Classified loans and leases are also those in the classes within the consumer portfolio segment that are past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest. Residential mortgage loans that are past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest may be considered pass if the Company is in the process of collection and the current loan-to-value ratio is 60% or less. Home equity loans that are past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest may be considered pass if the Company is in the process of collection, the first mortgage is with the Company, and the current combined loan-to-value ratio is 60% or less. Residential mortgage and home equity loans may be current as to principal and interest, but may be considered classified for a period of up to six months following a loan modification. Following a period of demonstrated performance in accordance with the modified contractual terms, the loan may be removed from classified status. Management believes that there is a distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies related to classified loans and leases are not corrected in a timely manner.

83

Table of Contents


The Company’s credit quality indicators are periodically updated on a case-by-case basis. The following presents by class and by credit quality indicator, the recorded investment in the Company’s loans and leases as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.
 
December 31, 2016
(dollars in thousands)
Commercial
and Industrial

 
Commercial
Mortgage

 
Construction

 
Lease
Financing

 
Total
Commercial

Pass
$
1,203,025

 
$
1,792,119

 
$
264,287

 
$
207,386

 
$
3,466,817

Special Mention
20,253

 
66,734

 
4,218

 
5

 
91,210

Classified
26,513

 
30,698

 
1,513

 
941

 
59,665

Total
$
1,249,791

 
$
1,889,551

 
$
270,018

 
$
208,332

 
$
3,617,692

 
(dollars in thousands)
Residential
Mortgage

 
Home
Equity

 
Automobile

 
Other 1

 
Total
Consumer

Pass
$
3,149,294

 
$
1,327,676

 
453,439

 
$
379,793

 
$
5,310,202

Special Mention

 
2,964

 

 

 
2,964

Classified
13,779

 
3,523

 
894

 
731

 
18,927

Total
$
3,163,073

 
$
1,334,163

 
$
454,333

 
$
380,524

 
$
5,332,093

Total Recorded Investment in Loans and Leases
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
8,949,785

 
 
December 31, 2015
(dollars in thousands)
Commercial
and Industrial

 
Commercial
Mortgage

 
Construction

 
Lease
Financing

 
Total
Commercial

Pass
$
1,059,475

 
$
1,591,696

 
$
154,976

 
$
204,348

 
$
3,010,495

Special Mention
28,076

 
43,674

 
80

 
76

 
71,906

Classified
27,617

 
41,777

 
1,604

 
453

 
71,451

Total
$
1,115,168

 
$
1,677,147

 
$
156,660

 
$
204,877

 
$
3,153,852

 
(dollars in thousands)
Residential
Mortgage

 
Home
Equity

 
Automobile

 
Other 1

 
Total
Consumer

Pass
$
2,910,667

 
$
1,064,253

 
$
381,420

 
$
347,710

 
$
4,704,050

Classified
14,938

 
5,147

 
315

 
683

 
21,083

Total
$
2,925,605

 
$
1,069,400

 
$
381,735

 
$
348,393

 
$
4,725,133

Total Recorded Investment in Loans and Leases
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
7,878,985

1     Comprised of other revolving credit, installment, and lease financing.


84

Table of Contents


Aging Analysis

The following presents by class, an aging analysis of the Company’s loan and lease portfolio as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.
(dollars in thousands)
30 - 59
Days
Past Due

 
60 - 89
Days
Past Due

 
Past Due
90 Days
or More

 
Non-
Accrual

 
Total
Past Due and
Non-Accrual

 
Current

 
Total Loans
and Leases

 
Non-Accrual
Loans and
Leases that
are Current 
2

As of December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and Industrial
$
10,698

 
$
1,016

 
$

 
$
151

 
$
11,865

 
$
1,237,926

 
$
1,249,791

 
$

Commercial Mortgage
128

 
17

 

 
997

 
1,142

 
1,888,409

 
1,889,551

 
416

Construction

 

 

 

 

 
270,018

 
270,018

 

Lease Financing

 

 

 

 

 
208,332

 
208,332

 

Total Commercial
10,826

 
1,033

 

 
1,148

 
13,007

 
3,604,685

 
3,617,692

 
416

Consumer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential Mortgage
6,491

 
106

 
3,127

 
13,780

 
23,504

 
3,139,569

 
3,163,073

 
1,628

Home Equity
3,063

 
2,244

 
1,457

 
3,147

 
9,911

 
1,324,252

 
1,334,163

 
1,015

Automobile
11,692

 
2,162

 
894

 

 
14,748

 
439,585

 
454,333

 

Other 1
3,200

 
1,532

 
1,592

 

 
6,324

 
374,200

 
380,524

 

Total Consumer
24,446

 
6,044

 
7,070

 
16,927

 
54,487

 
5,277,606

 
5,332,093

 
2,643

Total
$
35,272

 
$
7,077

 
$
7,070

 
$
18,075

 
$
67,494

 
$
8,882,291

 
$
8,949,785

 
$
3,059

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and Industrial
$
1,118

 
$
359

 
$

 
$
5,829

 
$
7,306

 
$
1,107,862

 
$
1,115,168

 
$
452

Commercial Mortgage
1,245

 
27

 

 
3,469

 
4,741

 
1,672,406

 
1,677,147

 
2,890

Construction
2,120

 

 

 

 
2,120

 
154,540

 
156,660

 

Lease Financing

 

 

 

 

 
204,877

 
204,877

 

Total Commercial
4,483

 
386

 

 
9,298

 
14,167

 
3,139,685

 
3,153,852

 
3,342

Consumer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential Mortgage
7,148

 
3,993

 
4,453

 
14,598

 
30,192

 
2,895,413

 
2,925,605

 
2,056

Home Equity
3,856

 
1,906

 
1,710

 
4,081

 
11,553

 
1,057,847

 
1,069,400

 
1,710

Automobile
8,103

 
1,803

 
315

 

 
10,221

 
371,514

 
381,735

 

Other 1
2,281

 
1,448

 
1,096

 

 
4,825

 
343,568

 
348,393

 

Total Consumer
21,388

 
9,150

 
7,574

 
18,679

 
56,791

 
4,668,342

 
4,725,133

 
3,766

Total
$
25,871

 
$
9,536

 
$
7,574

 
$
27,977

 
$
70,958

 
$
7,808,027

 
$
7,878,985

 
$
7,108

1 Comprised of other revolving credit, installment, and lease financing.
2 Represents non-accrual loans that are not past due 30 days or more; however, full payment of principal and interest is still not expected.




85

Table of Contents



Impaired Loans

The following presents by class, information related to impaired loans as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.
(dollars in thousands)
Recorded
Investment

 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance

 
Related
Allowance for
Loan Losses

December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
     Impaired Loans with No Related Allowance Recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and Industrial
$
9,556

 
$
16,518

 
$

Commercial Mortgage
9,373

 
12,873

 

Construction
1,513

 
1,513

 

Total Commercial
20,442

 
30,904

 

Total Impaired Loans with No Related Allowance Recorded
$
20,442

 
$
30,904

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
     Impaired Loans with an Allowance Recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and Industrial
$
765

 
$
765

 
$
24

Commercial Mortgage
365

 
365

 
21

Total Commercial
1,130

 
1,130

 
45

Consumer
 
 
 
 
 
Residential Mortgage
25,625

 
30,615

 
3,224

Home Equity
1,516

 
1,516

 
15

Automobile
9,660

 
9,660

 
206

Other 1
2,325

 
2,325

 
65

Total Consumer
39,126

 
44,116

 
3,510

Total Impaired Loans with an Allowance Recorded
$
40,256

 
$
45,246

 
$
3,555

 
 
 
 
 
 
     Impaired Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
$
21,572

 
$
32,034

 
$
45

Consumer
39,126

 
44,116

 
3,510

Total Impaired Loans
$
60,698

 
$
76,150

 
$
3,555

 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired Loans with No Related Allowance Recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and Industrial
$
14,650

 
$
28,212

 
$

Commercial Mortgage
10,407

 
13,907

 

Construction
1,604

 
1,604

 

Total Commercial
26,661

 
43,723

 

Total Impaired Loans with No Related Allowance Recorded
$
26,661

 
$
43,723

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired Loans with an Allowance Recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and Industrial
$
1,289

 
$
1,289

 
$
205

Total Commercial
1,289

 
1,289

 
205

Consumer
 
 
 
 
 
Residential Mortgage
28,981

 
34,694

 
3,171

Home Equity
1,089

 
1,089

 
12

Automobile
7,012

 
7,012

 
143

Other 1
1,665

 
1,665

 
47

Total Consumer
38,747

 
44,460

 
3,373

Total Impaired Loans with an Allowance Recorded
$
40,036

 
$
45,749

 
$
3,578

 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
$
27,950

 
$
45,012

 
$
205

Consumer
38,747

 
44,460

 
3,373

Total Impaired Loans
$
66,697

 
$
89,472

 
$
3,578

1 Comprised of other revolving credit and installment financing.

86

Table of Contents


The following presents by class, information related to the average recorded investment and interest income recognized on impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.
 
Year Ended
December 31, 2016
 
Year Ended
December 31, 2015
(dollars in thousands)
Average
Recorded
Investment

 
Interest
Income
Recognized

 
Average
Recorded
Investment

 
Interest
Income
Recognized

Impaired Loans with No Related Allowance Recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and Industrial
$
10,760

 
$
463

 
$
12,589

 
$
406

Commercial Mortgage
9,906

 
339

 
7,521

 
268

Construction
1,559

 
101

 
1,647

 
106

Total Commercial
22,225

 
903

 
21,757

 
780

Total Impaired Loans with No Related Allowance Recorded
$
22,225

 
$
903

 
$
21,757

 
$
780

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired Loans with an Allowance Recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and Industrial
$
939

 
$
72

 
$
5,379

 
$
98

Commercial Mortgage
151

 
9

 

 

Total Commercial
1,090

 
81

 
5,379

 
98

Consumer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential Mortgage
27,436

 
962

 
30,895

 
1,133

Home Equity
1,395

 
66

 
1,137

 
42

Automobile
7,974

 
522

 
5,992

 
432

Other 1
2,003

 
174

 
1,198

 
111

Total Consumer
38,808

 
1,724

 
39,222

 
1,718

Total Impaired Loans with an Allowance Recorded
$
39,898

 
$
1,805

 
$
44,601

 
$
1,816

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
$
23,315

 
$
984

 
$
27,136

 
$
878

Consumer
38,808

 
1,724

 
39,222

 
1,718

Total Impaired Loans
$
62,123

 
$
2,708

 
$
66,358

 
$
2,596

1 Comprised of other revolving credit and installment financing.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the average recorded investment in impaired loans was $68.1 million and the interest income recognized on impaired loans was $2.3 million. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, the amount of interest income recognized by the Company within the period that the loans were impaired were primarily related to loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring that were on accrual status. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, the amount of interest income recognized using a cash-basis method of accounting during the time within that period that the loans were impaired was not material.

Modifications

A modification of a loan constitutes a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) when the Company for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. Loans modified in a TDR were $60.0 million and $65.0 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, there were $0.4 million commitments to lend additional funds on loans modified in a TDR. As of December 31, 2015, there were no commitments to lend additional funds on loans modified in a TDR.

The Company offers various types of concessions when modifying a loan or lease. Commercial and industrial loans modified in a TDR often involve temporary interest-only payments, term extensions, and converting revolving credit lines to term loans. Additional collateral, a co-borrower, or a guarantor is often requested. Commercial mortgage and construction loans modified in a TDR often involve reducing the interest rate for the remaining term of the loan, extending the maturity date at an interest rate lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk, or substituting or adding a co-borrower or guarantor. Construction loans modified in a TDR may also involve extending the interest-only payment period. Residential mortgage loans modified in a TDR generally include a lower interest rate and the loan being fully amortized for up to 40 years from the modification effective date. In some cases, the Company may forbear a portion of the unpaid principal balance with a balloon

87

Table of Contents


payment due upon maturity or pay-off of the loan. Land loans are also included in the class of residential mortgage loans. Land loans are typically structured as interest-only monthly payments with a balloon payment due at maturity. Land loan modifications usually involve extending the interest-only payments up to an additional five years with a balloon payment due at maturity, or re-amortizing the remaining balance over a period up to 360 months. Interest rates are not changed for land loan modifications. Home equity modifications are made infrequently and uniquely designed to meet the specific needs of each borrower. Automobile loans modified in a TDR are primarily comprised of loans where the Company has lowered monthly payments by extending the term.

Loans modified in a TDR are typically already on non-accrual status and partial charge-offs have in some cases already been taken against the outstanding loan balance. As a result, loans modified in a TDR may have the financial effect of increasing the specific Allowance associated with the loan. An Allowance for impaired commercial and consumer loans that have been modified in a TDR is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s observable market price, or the estimated fair value of the collateral, less any selling costs, if the loan is collateral dependent. Management exercises significant judgment in developing these estimates.

The following presents by class, information related to loans modified in a TDR during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.
 
Loans Modified as a TDR for the
Year Ended December 31, 2016
 
Loans Modified as a TDR for the
Year Ended December 31, 2015
Troubled Debt Restructurings  
(dollars in thousands)
Number of
Contracts

 
Recorded
Investment
(as of period end)
 1

 
Increase in
Allowance
(as of period end)

 
Number of
Contracts

 
Recorded
Investment
(as of period end)
 1

 
Increase in
Allowance
(as of period end)

Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and Industrial
6

 
$
3,525

 
$
21

 
30

 
$
5,414

 
$
1

Commercial Mortgage
1

 
204

 
20

 
4

 
4,307

 

Total Commercial
7

 
3,729

 
41

 
34

 
9,721

 
1

Consumer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential Mortgage
10

 
3,146

 
522

 
13

 
4,255

 
99

Home Equity
2

 
651

 
7

 
3

 
367

 
4

Automobile
267

 
5,451

 
116

 
170

 
3,996

 
81

Other 2
199

 
1,404

 
37

 
168

 
1,099

 
31

Total Consumer
478

 
10,652

 
682

 
354

 
9,717

 
215

Total
485

 
$
14,381

 
$
723

 
388

 
$
19,438

 
$
216

1
The period end balances reflect all partial paydowns and charge-offs since the modification date. TDRs fully paid off, charged off, or foreclosed upon by period end are not included.
2
Comprised of other revolving credit and installment financing.



88

Table of Contents


The following presents by class, loans modified in a TDR that defaulted during the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, and within twelve months of their modification date. A TDR is considered to be in default once it becomes 60 days or more past due following a modification.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2016
 
Year Ended December 31, 2015
TDRs that Defaulted During the Period,
    Within Twelve Months of their Modification Date
 
(dollars in thousands)
Number of
Contracts

 
Recorded
Investment
(as of period end) 
1

 
Number of
Contracts

 
Recorded
Investment
(as of period end) 
1

Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and Industrial

 
$

 
2

 
$
4,924

Total Commercial

 

 
2

 
4,924

Consumer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential Mortgage
4

 
1,445

 
4

 
1,449

Home Equity
1

 
157

 

 

Automobile
19

 
373

 
10

 
220

Other 2
40

 
278

 
21

 
118

Total Consumer
64

 
2,253

 
35

 
1,787

Total
64

 
$
2,253

 
37

 
$
6,711

1 The period end balances reflect all partial paydowns and charge-offs since the modification date. TDRs fully paid off, charged off, or foreclosed upon by period end are not included.
2
Comprised of other revolving credit and installment financing.

Loans modified in a TDR are closely monitored for delinquency as an early indicator of possible future default. If a loan modified in a TDR subsequently defaults, the Company evaluates the loan for possible further impairment. The specific Allowance associated with the loan may be increased, adjustments may be made in the allocation of the Allowance, or partial charge-offs may be taken to further write-down the carrying value of the loan.

Foreclosure Proceedings

Consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure totaled $6.6 million as of December 31, 2016.

Note 5.  Mortgage Servicing Rights
 
The Company’s portfolio of residential mortgage loans serviced for third parties was $2.7 billion as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and $2.9 billion as of December 31, 2014. Substantially all of these loans were originated by the Company and sold to third parties on a non-recourse basis with servicing rights retained.  These retained servicing rights are recorded as a servicing asset and are initially recorded at fair value (see Note 21 Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities for more information). Changes to the balance of mortgage servicing rights are recorded in mortgage banking income in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.

The Company’s mortgage servicing activities include collecting principal, interest, and escrow payments from borrowers; making tax and insurance payments on behalf of borrowers; monitoring delinquencies and executing foreclosure proceedings; and accounting for and remitting principal and interest payments to investors.  Servicing income, including late and ancillary fees, was $6.9 million, $7.2 million, and $7.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively. Servicing income is recorded in mortgage banking income in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.  The Company’s residential mortgage investor loan servicing portfolio is primarily comprised of fixed rate loans concentrated in Hawaii.
 

89

Table of Contents


For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, the change in the fair value of the Company’s mortgage servicing rights accounted for under the fair value measurement method was as follows:
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

 
2014

Balance at Beginning of Year
$
1,970

 
$
2,604

 
$
3,826

Changes in Fair Value:
 
 
 
 
 
Due to Change in Valuation Assumptions 1

 
(251
)
 
(869
)
Due to Payoffs
(315
)
 
(383
)
 
(353
)
Total Changes in Fair Value of Mortgage Servicing Rights
(315
)
 
(634
)
 
(1,222
)
Balance at End of Year
$
1,655

 
$
1,970

 
$
2,604

1 
Primarily represents changes in discount rates and loan repayment rate assumptions, mostly due to changes in interest rates.

For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, the change in the carrying value of the Company’s mortgage servicing rights accounted for under the amortization method, net of valuation allowance was as follows:
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

 
2014

Balance at Beginning of Year
$
21,032

 
$
22,091

 
$
24,297

Servicing Rights that Resulted From Asset Transfers
3,847

 
1,737

 
747

Amortization
(2,892
)
 
(2,832
)
 
(2,896
)
Valuation Allowance Recovery (Provision)
21

 
36

 
(57
)
Balance at End of Year
$
22,008

 
$
21,032

 
$
22,091

 
 
 
 
 
 
Valuation Allowance:
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at Beginning of Year
$
(21
)
 
$
(57
)
 
$

Valuation Allowance Recovery (Provision)
21

 
36

 
(57
)
Balance at End of Year
$

 
$
(21
)
 
$
(57
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value:
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at Beginning of Year
$
24,804

 
$
22,837

 
$
30,100

Balance at End of Year
$
25,148

 
$
24,804

 
$
22,837


The key data and assumptions used in estimating the fair value of the Company’s mortgage servicing rights as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:
 
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
Weighted-Average Constant Prepayment Rate 1
8.13
%
9.10
%
Weighted-Average Life (in years)
7.43
 
7.40
 
Weighted-Average Note Rate
4.10
%
4.23
%
Weighted-Average Discount Rate 2
9.33
%
9.38
%
1 
Represents annualized loan prepayment rate assumption.
2 
Derived from multiple interest rate scenarios that incorporate a spread to a market yield curve and market volatilities.

A sensitivity analysis of the Company’s fair value of mortgage servicing rights to changes in certain key assumptions as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 is presented in the following table.
 
December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

Constant Prepayment Rate
 
 
 
Decrease in fair value from 25 basis points (“bps”) adverse change
$
(321
)
 
$
(285
)
Decrease in fair value from 50 bps adverse change
(636
)
 
(566
)
Discount Rate
 
 
 
Decrease in fair value from 25 bps adverse change
(288
)
 
(292
)
Decrease in fair value from 50 bps adverse change
(570
)
 
(577
)

This analysis generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of a change in one key assumption to the change in the fair value of the Company’s mortgage servicing rights usually is not linear. Also, the effect of changing one key assumption without changing other assumptions is not realistic.

90

Table of Contents



Note 6.  Premises and Equipment

The components of the Company’s premises and equipment as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:
(dollars in thousands)
Cost

Accumulated
Depreciation and
Amortization
 
Net Book Value
 
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
Premises
$
321,144

 
$
(240,567
)
 
$
80,577

Equipment
117,356

 
(87,021
)
 
30,335

Capital Leases
6,594

 
(4,001
)
 
2,593

Total
$
445,094

 
$
(331,589
)
 
$
113,505

 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
Premises
$
322,552

 
$
(238,912
)
 
$
83,640

Equipment
111,071

 
(86,176
)
 
24,895

Capital Leases
6,593

 
(3,929
)
 
2,664

Total
$
440,216

 
$
(329,017
)
 
$
111,199


Depreciation and amortization (including capital lease amortization) included in noninterest expense was $12.9 million, $12.8 million, and $12.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively.

There was no impairment of the Company’s premises and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

Note 7.  Other Assets

The components of the Company’s other assets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:
 
December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank Stock
$
40,063

 
$
38,836

Derivative Financial Instruments
13,731

 
13,967

Low-Income Housing and Other Equity Investments
78,900

 
79,033

Deferred Compensation Plan Assets
21,952

 
20,262

Prepaid Expenses
7,355

 
8,262

Accounts Receivable
12,584

 
12,539

Other
20,123

 
26,493

Total Other Assets
$
194,708

 
$
199,392





91

Table of Contents


Note 8.  Deposits

Time Deposits

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company’s total time deposits were $1.2 billion. As of December 31, 2016, the contractual maturities of these time deposits were as follows:
(dollars in thousands)
Amount

2017
$
865,027

2018
167,782

2019
52,324

2020
20,012

2021
101,904

Thereafter
10,658

Total
$
1,217,707


The amount of time deposits with balances of $100,000 or more was $1.0 billion and $0.9 billion as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, the contractual maturities of these time deposits were as follows:
(dollars in thousands)
Amount

Three Months or Less
$
268,865

Over Three Months through Six Months
282,130

Over Six Months through Twelve Months
186,157

Over Twelve Months
234,405

Total
$
971,557


Public Deposits

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, deposits of governmental entities of $1.1 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively, required collateralization by acceptable investment securities of the Company.

Note 9.  Borrowings

Details of the Company’s short-term borrowings (original term of one year or less) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:
 
December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

Funds Purchased 1
 
 
 
Amounts Outstanding
$
9,616

 
$
7,333

Weighted-Average Interest Rate
0.15
%
 
0.14
%
Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase (short-term) 2
 
 
 
Amounts Outstanding
$
23,278

 
$
3,992

Weighted-Average Interest Rate
0.31
%
 
0.06
%
1 
Federal funds purchased generally mature on the next business day following the date of purchase.
2 
Consists entirely of repurchase agreements with government entities. Excludes long-term repurchase agreements with government entities of $0.1 million and $49.9 million as of December 31, 2016, and 2015, respectively, and long-term repurchase agreements with private institutions of $500.0 million and $575.0 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The Company’s total securities sold under agreements to repurchase were $523.4 million and $628.9 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, all of our repurchase agreements were at fixed interest rates.

As of December 31, 2016, long-term repurchase agreements (original term over one year) placed with government entities were $0.1 million with a weighted-average interest rate of 0.15% and a weighted-average maturity of 4 days.

As of December 31, 2016, long-term repurchase agreements placed with private institutions were $500.0 million with a weighted-average interest rate of 4.14%. Remaining terms ranged from 2018 to 2022 with a weighted-average maturity of 3.0 years. Some of our repurchase agreements with private institutions may be terminated at earlier specified dates by the private institution or in

92

Table of Contents


some cases by either the private institution or the Company. If all such agreements were to terminate at the earliest possible date, the weighted-average maturity for our repurchase agreements with private institutions would decrease to 1.6 years.

Note 10.  Other Debt

The Company’s other debt as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:
 
December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances
$
250,000

 
$
225,000

Non-Recourse Debt
7,153

 
9,938

Capital Lease Obligations
10,785

 
10,848

Total
$
267,938

 
$
245,786


As a member of the FHLB, the Bank may borrow funds from the FHLB in amounts up to 35% of the Bank’s total assets, provided the Bank is able to pledge an adequate amount of qualified assets to secure the borrowings. As of December 31, 2016, FHLB advances totaled $250.0 million with a weighted-average interest rate of 1.28% and maturity dates ranging from 2018 to 2020. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had a remaining line of credit with the FHLB of $1.7 billion. See Note 4 Loans and Leases and the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses for loans pledged to the FHLB as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company’s non-recourse debt was bearing interest at a fixed rate of 6.3% with maturity in June 2021.

Capital lease obligations relate to office space at the Company’s headquarters. The lease began in 1993 and has a 60 year term. Lease payments are fixed at $0.8 million per year through December 2022 (one-time inflation adjustment on January 1, 2018) and are negotiable thereafter.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had an undrawn line of credit with the FRB of $625.7 million. See Note 4 Loans and Leases and the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses for loans pledged to the FRB as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

As of December 31, 2016, the annual maturities of the Company’s other debt, exclusive of capital lease obligations, were expected to be as follows:
(dollars in thousands)
Amount
2017
$

2018
175,000

2019
50,000

2020
28,464

2021
3,689

Thereafter

Total
$
257,153




93

Table of Contents


Note 11.  Shareholders’ Equity

Regulatory Capital

The table below sets forth the minimum required capital amounts and ratios for well capitalized institutions and the actual capital amounts and ratios for the Company and the Bank as of December 31, 2016 and 2015:
(dollars in thousands)
Well Capitalized
Minimum Ratio

 
Company

 
Bank

As of December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ Equity
 
 
$
1,161,537

 
$
1,094,461

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
 
 
1,168,228

 
1,111,525

Tier 1 Capital
 
 
1,168,228

 
1,111,525

Total Capital
 
 
1,278,528

 
1,221,683

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio
6.5
%
 
13.24
%
 
12.61
%
Tier 1 Capital Ratio
8.0
%
 
13.24
%
 
12.61
%
Total Capital Ratio
10.0
%
 
14.49
%
 
13.86
%
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio
5.0
%
 
7.21
%
 
6.86
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ Equity
 
 
$
1,116,260

 
$
1,036,355

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
 
 
1,112,598

 
1,043,070

Tier 1 Capital
 
 
1,112,598

 
1,043,070

Total Capital
 
 
1,212,245

 
1,142,573

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio
6.5
%
 
13.97
%
 
13.12
%
Tier 1 Capital Ratio
8.0
%
 
13.97
%
 
13.12
%
Total Capital Ratio
10.0
%
 
15.22
%
 
14.37
%
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio
5.0
%
 
7.26
%
 
6.81
%

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about the components of regulatory capital, risk weightings, and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1 and Total Capital. Both Common Equity Tier 1 Capital and Tier 1 Capital are common shareholders’ equity, reduced by certain intangible assets, postretirement benefit liability adjustments, and unrealized gains and losses on investment securities. Total Capital is Tier 1 Capital plus an allowable amount of the reserve for credit losses. Risk-weighted assets are calculated by taking assets and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance-sheet items and assigning them to one of several broad risk categories. Four capital ratios are used to measure capital adequacy: Common Equity Tier 1 Capital divided by risk-weighted assets, as defined; Tier 1 Capital divided by risk-weighted assets; Total Capital divided by risk-weighted assets; and the Tier 1 Leverage ratio, which is Tier 1 Capital divided by quarterly adjusted average total assets.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company and the Bank were well capitalized as defined in the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There were no conditions or events since December 31, 2016 that management believes have changed the Company or the Bank’s capital classifications.

Dividends

Dividends paid by the Parent are substantially funded from dividends received from the Bank. The Bank is subject to federal and state regulatory restrictions that limit cash dividends and loans to the Parent. These restrictions generally require advanced approval from the Bank’s regulator for payment of dividends in excess of the sum of net income for the current calendar year and the retained net income of the prior two calendar years.


94

Table of Contents


Common Stock Repurchase Program

The Parent has a common stock repurchase program in which shares repurchased are held in treasury stock for reissuance in connection with share-based compensation plans and for general corporate purposes. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Parent repurchased 847,964 shares of common stock under its share repurchase program at an average cost per share of $68.42 and a total cost of $58.0 million. From the beginning of the stock repurchase program in July 2001 through December 31, 2016, the Parent repurchased a total of 53.6 million shares of common stock at an average cost of $37.84 per share and a total cost of $2.0 billion. From January 1, 2017 through February 15, 2017, the Parent repurchased an additional 51,500 shares of common stock at an average cost of $86.39 per share for a total of $4.4 million. The actual amount and timing of future share repurchases, if any, will depend on market conditions, applicable SEC rules and various other factors.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

The following table presents the components of other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
(dollars in thousands)
Before Tax

 
Tax Effect

 
Net of Tax

Year Ended December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Investment Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) Arising During the Period
$
(18,647
)
 
$
(7,358
)
 
$
(11,289
)
Amounts Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) that (Increase) Decrease Net Income:
 
 
 
 
 
  Amortization of Unrealized Holding (Gains) Losses on Held-to-Maturity Securities 1
1,605

 
634

 
971

Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Investment Securities
(17,042
)
 
(6,724
)
 
(10,318
)
Defined Benefit Plans:

 

 
 
Net Actuarial Gains (Losses) Arising During the Period
(954
)
 
(377
)
 
(577
)
Amortization of Net Actuarial Losses (Gains)
1,224

 
483

 
741

Amortization of Prior Service Credit
(322
)
 
(127
)
 
(195
)
Defined Benefit Plans, Net
(52
)
 
(21
)
 
(31
)
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
$
(17,094
)
 
$
(6,745
)
 
$
(10,349
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Investment Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) Arising During the Period
$
(5,448
)
 
$
(2,138
)
 
$
(3,310
)
Amounts Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) that (Increase) Decrease Net Income:
 
 
 
 
 
  (Gain) Loss on Sale
(190
)
 
(75
)
 
(115
)
  Amortization of Unrealized Holding (Gains) Losses on Held-to-Maturity Securities 1
2,136

 
836

 
1,300

Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Investment Securities
(3,502
)
 
(1,377
)
 
(2,125
)
Defined Benefit Plans:
 
 
 
 
 
Net Actuarial Gains (Losses) Arising During the Period
7,335

 
2,869

 
4,466

Amortization of Net Actuarial Losses (Gains)
1,624

 
641

 
983

Amortization of Prior Service Credit
(322
)
 
(127
)
 
(195
)
Defined Benefit Plans, Net
8,637

 
3,383

 
5,254

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
$
5,135

 
$
2,006

 
$
3,129

 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Investment Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) Arising During the Period
$
28,609

 
$
11,286

 
$
17,323

Amounts Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) that (Increase) Decrease Net Income:
 
 
 
 
 
  (Gain) Loss on Sale
(64
)

(25
)

(39
)
  Amortization of Unrealized Holding (Gains) Losses on Held-to-Maturity Securities 1
(703
)
 
(277
)
 
(426
)
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Investment Securities
27,842

 
10,984

 
16,858

Defined Benefit Plans:
 
 
 
 
 
Net Actuarial Gains (Losses) Arising During the Period
(20,286
)
 
(8,000
)
 
(12,286
)
Amortization of Net Actuarial Losses (Gains)
1,256

 
496

 
760

Amortization of Prior Service Credit
(322
)
 
(127
)
 
(195
)
Defined Benefit Plans, Net
(19,352
)
 
(7,631
)
 
(11,721
)
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
$
8,490

 
$
3,353

 
$
5,137

1
The amount relates to the amortization/accretion of unrealized gains and losses related to the Company's reclassification of available-for-sale investment securities to the held-to-maturity category. The unrealized net gains/losses will be amortized/accreted over the remaining life of the investment securities as an adjustment of yield.

95

Table of Contents





The following table presents the changes in each component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
(dollars in thousands)
Investment Securities-Available-For-Sale

 
Investment Securities-Held-To-Maturities

 
Defined Benefit Plans

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Year Ended December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at Beginning of Period
$
12,559

 
$
(7,255
)
 
$
(28,861
)
$
(23,557
)
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Before Reclassifications
(11,289
)
 

 
(577
)
(11,866
)
Amounts Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 
971

 
546

1,517

Total Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(11,289
)
 
971

 
(31
)
(10,349
)
Balance at End of Period
$
1,270

 
$
(6,284
)
 
$
(28,892
)
$
(33,906
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at Beginning Period
$
15,984

 
$
(8,555
)
 
$
(34,115
)
$
(26,686
)
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Before Reclassifications
(3,310
)
 

 
4,466

1,156

Amounts Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(115
)
 
1,300

 
788

1,973

Total Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(3,425
)
 
1,300

 
5,254

3,129

Balance at End of Period
$
12,559

 
$
(7,255
)
 
$
(28,861
)
$
(23,557
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at Beginning Period
$
(1,300
)
 
$
(8,129
)
 
$
(22,394
)
$
(31,823
)
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Before Reclassifications
17,323

 

 
(12,286
)
5,037

Amounts Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(39
)
 
(426
)
 
565

100

Total Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
17,284

 
(426
)
 
(11,721
)
5,137

Balance at End of Period
$
15,984

 
$
(8,555
)
 
$
(34,115
)
$
(26,686
)

The following table presents the amounts reclassified out of each component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):
Details about Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Components
Amount Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)1
 
Affected Line Item in the Statement Where Net Income Is Presented
(dollars in thousands)
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2016

 
2015

 
2014

 
Amortization of Unrealized Holding Gains (Losses) on
     Investment Securities Held-to-Maturity
$
(1,605
)
 
$
(2,136
)
 
$
703

Interest Income
 
634

 
836

 
(277
)
Provision for Income Tax
 
(971
)
 
(1,300
)
 
426

Net of Tax
Sales of Investment Securities Available-for-Sale

 
190

 
64

Investment Securities Gains (Losses), Net
 

 
(75
)
 
(25
)
Provision for Income Tax
 

 
115

 
39

Net of Tax
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of Defined Benefit Plans Items
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Prior Service Credit 2
322

 
322

 
322

 
  Net Actuarial Losses 2
(1,224
)
 
(1,624
)
 
(1,256
)
 
 
(902
)
 
(1,302
)
 
(934
)
Total Before Tax
 
356

 
514

 
369

Provision for Income Tax
 
(546
)
 
(788
)
 
(565
)
Net of Tax
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Reclassifications for the Period
$
(1,517
)
 
$
(1,973
)
 
$
(100
)
Net of Tax
1 
Amounts in parentheses indicate reductions to net income.
2 
These accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) components are included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost and are included in Salaries and Benefits on the consolidated statements of income. See Note 14 Employee Benefits for additional details.

96

Table of Contents


Note 12.  Earnings Per Share

There were no adjustments to net income, the numerator, for purposes of computing basic earnings per share. The following is a reconciliation of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for computing diluted earnings per share and antidilutive stock options and restricted stock outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014:
 
Weighted Average Shares
 
2016

 
2015

 
2014

Denominator for Basic Earnings Per Share
42,644,100

 
43,217,818

 
43,899,208

Dilutive Effect of Equity Based Awards
235,683

 
237,059

 
226,248

Denominator for Diluted Earnings Per Share
42,879,783

 
43,454,877

 
44,125,456

 
 
 
 
 
 
Antidilutive Stock Options and Restricted Stock Outstanding

 

 


Note 13.  Business Segments

The Company’s business segments are defined as Retail Banking, Commercial Banking, Investment Services, and Treasury and Other.  The Company’s internal management accounting process measures the performance of these business segments. This process, which is not necessarily comparable with similar information for any other financial institution, uses various techniques to assign balance sheet and income statement amounts to the business segments, including allocations of income, expense, the provision for credit losses, and capital.  This process is dynamic and requires certain allocations based on judgment and other subjective factors.  Unlike financial accounting, there is no comprehensive authoritative guidance for management accounting that is equivalent to GAAP.  Previously reported results have been reclassified to conform to the current reporting structure.

The net interest income of the business segments reflects the results of a funds transfer pricing process that matches assets and liabilities with similar interest rate sensitivity and maturity characteristics and reflects the allocation of net interest income related to the Company’s overall asset and liability management activities on a proportionate basis.  The basis for the allocation of net interest income is a function of the Company’s assumptions that are subject to change based on changes in current interest rates and market conditions.  Funds transfer pricing also serves to transfer interest rate risk to Treasury.  However, the other business segments have some latitude to retain certain interest rate exposures related to customer pricing decisions within guidelines.

The provision for credit losses reflects the actual net charge-offs of the business segments.  The amount of the consolidated provision for loan and lease losses is based on the methodology that we use to estimate our consolidated Allowance.  The residual provision for credit losses to arrive at the consolidated provision for credit losses is included in Treasury and Other.

Noninterest income and expense includes allocations from support units to business units.  These allocations are based on actual usage where practicably calculated or by management’s estimate of such usage.

The provision for income taxes is allocated to business segments using a 37% effective tax rate. However, the provision for income taxes for our Leasing business unit (included in the Commercial Banking segment) and Auto Leasing portfolio and Pacific Century Life Insurance business unit (both included in the Retail Banking segment) are assigned their actual effective tax rates due to the unique relationship that income taxes have with their products. The residual income tax expense or benefit to arrive at the consolidated effective tax rate is included in Treasury and Other.

Retail Banking

Retail Banking offers a broad range of financial products and services to consumers and small businesses.  Loan and lease products include residential mortgage loans, home equity lines of credit, automobile loans and leases, personal lines of credit, installment loans, small business loans and leases, and credit cards.  Deposit products include checking, savings, and time deposit accounts.  Retail Banking also offers retail insurance products.  Products and services from Retail Banking are delivered to customers through 69 branch locations and 449 ATMs throughout Hawaii and the Pacific Islands, e-Bankoh (on-line banking service), a 24-hour customer service center, and a mobile banking service.



97

Table of Contents


Commercial Banking

Commercial Banking offers products including corporate banking, commercial real estate loans, commercial lease financing, auto dealer financing, and deposit products.  Commercial lending and deposit products are offered to middle-market and large companies in Hawaii and the Pacific Islands.  Commercial real estate mortgages focus on customers that include investors, developers, and builders predominantly domiciled in Hawaii.  Commercial Banking also includes international banking and provides merchant services to its small business customers.

Investment Services

Investment Services includes private banking and international client banking, trust services, investment management, and institutional investment advisory services.  A significant portion of this segment’s income is derived from fees, which are generally based on the market values of assets under management.  The private banking and personal trust group assists individuals and families in building and preserving their wealth by providing investment, credit, and trust services to high-net-worth individuals.  The investment management group manages portfolios utilizing a variety of investment products. Institutional client services offer investment advice to corporations, government entities, and foundations.  This segment also provides a full service brokerage offering equities, mutual funds, life insurance, and annuity products.

Treasury and Other

Treasury consists of corporate asset and liability management activities, including interest rate risk management and a foreign currency exchange business.  This segment’s assets and liabilities (and related interest income and expense) consist of interest-bearing deposits, investment securities, federal funds sold and purchased, government deposits, and short and long-term borrowings.  The primary sources of noninterest income are from bank-owned life insurance, net gains from the sale of investment securities, and foreign exchange income related to customer-driven currency requests from merchants and island visitors.  The net residual effect of the transfer pricing of assets and liabilities is included in Treasury, along with the elimination of intercompany transactions.

Other organizational units (Technology, Operations, Marketing, Human Resources, Finance, Credit and Risk Management, and Corporate and Regulatory Administration) provide a wide-range of support to the Company’s other income earning segments.  Expenses incurred by these support units are charged to the business segments through an internal cost allocation process.


98

Table of Contents


Selected business segment financial information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 were as follows:
(dollars in thousands)
Retail
Banking

 
Commercial
Banking

 
Investment
Services

 
Treasury
and Other

 
Consolidated
Total

Year Ended December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Interest Income
$
242,967

 
$
156,080

 
$
24,714

 
$
(6,182
)
 
$
417,579

Provision for Credit Losses
10,700

 
(7,322
)
 
(23
)
 
1,395

 
4,750

Net Interest Income After Provision for Credit Losses
232,267

 
163,402

 
24,737

 
(7,577
)
 
412,829

Noninterest Income
91,824

 
26,967

 
57,396

 
21,156

 
197,343

Noninterest Expense
(208,389
)
 
(70,405
)
 
(59,782
)
 
(12,002
)
 
(350,578
)
Income Before Provision for Income Taxes
115,702

 
119,964

 
22,351

 
1,577

 
259,594

Provision for Income Taxes
(41,067
)
 
(42,667
)
 
(8,270
)
 
13,871

 
(78,133
)
Net Income
$
74,635

 
$
77,297

 
$
14,081

 
$
15,448

 
$
181,461

Total Assets as of December 31, 2016
$
5,342,078

 
$
3,565,912

 
$
280,410

 
$
7,303,967

 
$
16,492,367

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Interest Income
$
202,259

 
$
143,944

 
$
18,494

 
$
29,390

 
$
394,087

Provision for Credit Losses
8,033

 
(1,165
)
 
(43
)
 
(5,825
)
 
1,000

Net Interest Income After Provision for Credit Losses
194,226

 
145,109

 
18,537

 
35,215

 
393,087

Noninterest Income
82,391

 
22,191

 
58,835

 
22,802

 
186,219

Noninterest Expense
(199,572
)
 
(77,500
)
 
(57,852
)
 
(13,180
)
 
(348,104
)
Income Before Provision for Income Taxes
77,045

 
89,800

 
19,520

 
44,837

 
231,202

Provision for Income Taxes
(27,330
)
 
(31,375
)
 
(7,222
)
 
(4,571
)
 
(70,498
)
Net Income
$
49,715

 
$
58,425

 
$
12,298

 
$
40,266

 
$
160,704

Total Assets as of December 31, 2015
$
4,680,888

 
$
3,099,175

 
$
274,469

 
$
7,400,484

 
$
15,455,016

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Interest Income
$
178,480

 
$
119,655

 
$
15,238

 
$
66,283

 
$
379,656

Provision for Credit Losses
4,783

 
(2,369
)
 
(313
)
 
(6,965
)
 
(4,864
)
Net Interest Income After Provision for Credit Losses
173,697

 
122,024

 
15,551

 
73,248

 
384,520

Noninterest Income
79,562

 
24,021

 
57,618

 
18,816

 
180,017

Noninterest Expense
(196,254
)
 
(67,078
)
 
(54,571
)
 
(8,996
)
 
(326,899
)
Income Before Provision for Income Taxes
57,005

 
78,967

 
18,598

 
83,068

 
237,638

Provision for Income Taxes
(21,079
)
 
(26,977
)
 
(6,894
)
 
(19,646
)
 
(74,596
)
Net Income
$
35,926

 
$
51,990

 
$
11,704

 
$
63,422

 
$
163,042

Total Assets as of December 31, 2014
$
4,088,878

 
$
2,787,611

 
$
202,645

 
$
7,708,074

 
$
14,787,208


99

Table of Contents


 
Note 14.  Employee Benefits

The Company has defined contribution plans, defined benefit plans, and a postretirement benefit plan.

Defined Contribution Plans

The Bank of Hawaii Retirement Savings Plan (the “Savings Plan”) has three Company contribution components in addition to employee contributions: 1) 401(k) matching, as described below; 2) a 3% fixed amount based on eligible compensation; and 3) a discretionary value-sharing contribution.

Under the 401(k) matching component, participating employees may contribute up to 50% of their eligible compensation (within federal limits) to the Savings Plan. The Company makes matching contributions on behalf of participants equal to $1.25 for each $1.00 contributed by participants, up to 2% of the participants’ eligible compensation, and $0.50 for every $1.00 contributed by participants over 2%, up to 5% of the participants’ eligible compensation. A 3% fixed contribution and a discretionary value-sharing contribution, that is linked to the Company’s financial goals, are made regardless of whether the participating employee contributes to the Savings Plan and are invested in accordance with the participant’s selection of investment options available under the Savings Plan. The Company also has a non-qualified savings plan which covers certain employees with compensation exceeding Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) limits on pay amounts in the allocation of the Savings Plan’s benefits. Total expense for all components of the Company’s defined contribution plans was $12.8 million, $12.0 million, and $12.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively.

Defined Benefit Plans

The Company has two defined benefit plans (the “Pension Plans”). In 1995, the Company froze its non-contributory, qualified defined benefit retirement plan (the “Retirement Plan”) and the excess retirement plan (the “Excess Plan”), which covered employees of the Company and participating subsidiaries who met certain eligibility requirements. Beginning January 1, 2001, the Pension Plans no longer provided for compensation increases in the determination of benefits. The projected benefit obligation is equal to the accumulated benefit obligation due to the frozen status of the Pension Plans.

The assets of the Retirement Plan primarily consist of equity and fixed income mutual funds.

The Excess Plan is a non-qualified excess retirement benefit plan which covers certain employees of the Company and participating subsidiaries with compensation exceeding IRS limits on pay amounts applicable to the Pension Plan’s benefit formula. The Excess Plan has no plan assets. The Excess Plan’s projected benefit obligation and accumulated benefit obligation were $4.0 million and $4.1 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Postretirement Benefit Plan

The Company’s postretirement benefit plan provides retirees hired before January 1, 2012 with medical and dental insurance coverage. For eligible participants that retired before 2008 and met certain age requirements, the Company and retiree share in the cost of providing postretirement benefits where both the employer and retirees pay a portion of the insurance premiums. Eligible participants who retired before 2008 who did not meet certain age requirements continued on the Company’s benefit plans, but pay for their full insurance premiums. Participants who retired on or after January 1, 2008, who had medical or dental coverage under the Company’s plans immediately before retirement and meet certain age and years of service requirements as of December 31, 2008 are also eligible to participate in the Company’s benefit plans, but must pay for their full insurance premiums. Retirees age 65 and older are provided with a Medicare supplemental plan subsidy. Most employees of the Company who have met certain eligibility requirements are covered by this plan. Participants who retired on or after January 1, 2008 who met certain age and/or years of service requirements are eligible for the Health Reimbursement Account (“HRA”) program. The HRA program provides retirees with an initial credit based on years of service. Thereafter, an annual credit up to a maximum of $1,200 is provided into the HRA. The retiree may use the HRA for medical, vision, prescription drug and dental premiums, co-payments, and medically necessary health care expenses that are not covered by any medical or dental insurance program or flexible health spending account. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had no segregated assets to provide for postretirement benefits.




100

Table of Contents


The following table provides a reconciliation of changes in benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets, as well as the funded status recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of condition for the Pension Plans and postretirement benefit plan for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.
 
Pension Benefits
 
Postretirement Benefits
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

 
2016

 
2015

Benefit Obligation at Beginning of Year
$
105,993

 
$
114,707

 
$
25,307

 
$
30,804

Service Cost



 
513


621

Interest Cost
4,882


4,655

 
1,134


1,155

Actuarial Losses (Gains)
2,708

 
(7,647
)
 
(1,846
)
 
(5,783
)
Employer Benefits Paid 1
(5,990
)
 
(5,722
)
 
(800
)
 
(1,490
)
Benefit Obligation at End of Year
$
107,593

 
$
105,993

 
$
24,308

 
$
25,307

Fair Value of Plan Assets at Beginning of Year
$
83,858

 
$
90,154

 
$

 
$

Actual Return on Plan Assets
5,031

 
(1,058
)
 

 

Employer Contributions
484

 
484

 
800

 
1,490

Employer Benefits Paid 1
(5,990
)
 
(5,722
)
 
(800
)
 
(1,490
)
Fair Value of Plan Assets at End of Year
$
83,383

 
$
83,858

 
$

 
$

Funded Status at End of Year 2
$
(24,210
)
 
$
(22,135
)
 
$
(24,308
)
 
$
(25,307
)
1 
Participants' contributions relative to the postretirement benefit plan were offset against employer benefits paid in the table above. Participants' contributions for postretirement benefits were $0.8 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
2 
Amounts are recognized in Retirement Benefits Payable in the consolidated statements of condition.

The following presents the amounts recognized in the Company’s accumulated other comprehensive income for the Pension Plans and postretirement benefit plan as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.
 
Pension Benefits
 
Postretirement Benefits
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

 
2016

 
2015

Amounts Recognized in Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Actuarial Gains (Losses)
$
(33,954
)
 
$
(33,239
)
 
$
4,647

 
$
3,768

Net Prior Service Credit

 

 
415

 
610

Total Amounts Recognized in Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax
$
(33,954
)
 
$
(33,239
)
 
$
5,062

 
$
4,378


Components of net periodic benefit cost for the Company’s Pension Plans and the postretirement benefit plan are presented in the following table for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014.
 
Pension Benefits
 
Postretirement Benefits
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

 
2014

 
2016

 
2015

 
2014

Service Cost
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
513

 
$
621

 
$
586

Interest Cost
4,882

 
4,655

 
4,975

 
1,134

 
1,155

 
1,325

Expected Return on Plan Assets
(5,121
)
 
(5,222
)
 
(5,100
)
 

 

 

Amortization of:

 

 

 

 

 

     Prior Service Credit 1

 

 

 
(322
)
 
(322
)
 
(322
)
Net Actuarial Losses (Gains) 1
1,617

 
1,713

 
1,408

 
(393
)
 
(89
)
 
(152
)
Net Periodic Benefit Cost
$
1,378

 
$
1,146

 
$
1,283

 
$
932

 
$
1,365

 
$
1,437

1 
Represents reclassification adjustments from accumulated other comprehensive income during the period.

The estimated net actuarial loss related to the Company’s Pension Plans that is expected to be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost for the year ending December 31, 2017 is approximately $1.7 million. The estimated net actuarial gain and prior service credit related to the Company’s postretirement benefit plan that is expected to be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost for the year ending December 31, 2017 is approximately $0.8 million.


101

Table of Contents


Assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 for the Company’s Pension Plans and postretirement benefit plan were as follows:
 
Pension Benefits
 
Postretirement Benefits
 
2016

 
2015

 
2016

 
2015

Weighted Average Assumptions as of December 31:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount Rate
4.45
%
 
4.70
%
 
4.57
%
 
4.74
%
Health Care Cost Trend Rate Assumed For Next Year

 

 
6.50
%
 
6.70
%

The health care cost trend rate is assumed to decrease annually, until reaching the ultimate trend rate of 4.5% in 2036.

Assumptions used to determine the net periodic benefit cost for the Company’s Pension Plans and postretirement benefit plan for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 were as follows:
 
Pension Benefits
 
Postretirement Benefits
 
2016

 
2015

 
2014

 
2016

 
2015

 
2014

Weighted Average Assumptions as of December 31:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount Rate
4.70
%
 
4.25
%
 
5.22
%
 
4.74
%
 
4.28
%
 
5.22
%
Expected Long-Term Rate of Return on Plan Assets
6.00
%
 
6.00
%
 
6.00
%
 

 

 

Health Care Cost Trend Rate

 

 

 
6.70
%
 
7.00
%
 
7.20
%

A combination of factors is used by management in determining the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. Historical return experience for major asset categories are evaluated and current market factors, such as inflation and interest rates, are considered in determining the expected long-term rate of return assumption.

A one percent change in the health care cost trend rate assumption (with all other assumptions remaining constant) would have impacted the service and interest cost components of the net periodic postretirement benefit cost and the postretirement benefit obligation as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016 as follows:
(dollars in thousands)
One Percent
Increase
 
 
One Percent
Decrease
 
Effect on the Total of Service and Interest Cost Component of
Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost
 
$
144

 
 
$
(121
)
Effect on the Postretirement Benefit Obligation
 
1,516

 
 
(1,393
)

The Company expects to contribute $0.5 million to the Pension Plans and $1.0 million to the postretirement benefit plan for the year ending December 31, 2017.

As of December 31, 2016, expected benefits to be paid in each of the next five years and in the aggregate for the five years thereafter were as follows:
(dollars in thousands)
Pension Benefits
 
 
Postretirement Benefits
 
2017
 
$
6,478

 
 
$
974

2018
 
6,604

 
 
951

2019
 
6,842

 
 
984

2020
 
6,999

 
 
1,049

2021
 
7,116

 
 
1,131

Years 2022-2026
 
36,099

 
 
7,366



102

Table of Contents


Retirement Plan Assets

The Company’s overall investment strategy is to maintain the purchasing power of the current assets and all future contributions by producing positive rates of return on plan assets; achieve capital growth towards the attainment of full funding of the Retirement Plan’s termination liability; maximize returns within reasonable and prudent levels of risk; and control costs of administering the plan and managing the investments. The long-term investment objective is to achieve an overall annualized total return, gross of fees, above the blended benchmark index comprised of 35% MSCI USA IMI Index, 25% MSCI ACWI ex-US Index, and 40% Barclays Capital Aggregate Bond Index.

Subject to liquidity requirements, the asset allocation targets are 60% for equity securities, 40% for fixed income securities with a 10% to 20% range permitted from the strategic targets, and zero to 20% for cash. Within the equity securities portfolio, the range for domestic securities is from 50% to 100% and the range for international securities is from 0% to 50%. All assets selected for the Retirement Plan must have a readily ascertainable market value and must be readily marketable.

Due to market fluctuations or cash flows, the allocation for each asset class may be breached by as much as 5% on a temporary basis. However, asset allocations are expected to conform to target ranges within 90 days of such an occurrence.

The fair values of the Retirement Plan assets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 by asset category were as follows:
 
Fair Value Measurements
Asset Category 
(dollars in thousands)
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant Other
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
 
 
Total as of Dec. 31, 2016

 
Total as of Dec. 31, 2015

Cash
 
$
1,898

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,898

 
$
1,313

Equity Securities – Mutual Funds:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mixed-Cap
 
29,593

 

 

 
29,593

 
30,949

International
 
18,040

 

 

 
18,040

 
17,917

Emerging Market
 
2,043

 

 

 
2,043

 
1,982

Fixed Income Securities – Mutual Funds
 
31,809

 

 

 
31,809

 
31,697

Total
 
$
83,383

 
$

 
$

 
$
83,383

 
$
83,858


Quoted prices for these investments were available in active markets, and therefore were classified as Level 1 measurements in the fair value hierarchy.

Note 15.  Share-Based Compensation

The Company has share-based compensation plans which allow grants of stock options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, and restricted stock units to its employees and non-employee directors. The Company’s employee stock option plans are shareholder approved and administered by the Human Resources and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. Stock options provide grantees the option to purchase shares of the Parent’s common stock at a specified exercise price and, generally, expire 10 years from the date of grant. Stock option grants include incentive and non-qualified stock options whose vesting may be subject to one or more criteria, including employment or achievement of Company performance measures. Stock option exercise prices were equal to the quoted market price of the Parent’s common stock on the date of grant. Restricted stock provides grantees with rights to shares of common stock upon completion of one or more criteria, including service period, performance or other conditions as established by the Compensation Committee, such as vesting tied to the Company’s financial performances relative to the peer group or achievement of an absolute financial performance target. During the restriction period, all shares are considered outstanding and dividends are paid on the restricted stock. Generally, restricted stock vests over periods ranging from one to five years from the date of grant. Restricted stock and dividends may be forfeited if an employee terminates prior to vesting.

As of December 31, 2016, total shares authorized under the plans were 1.3 million shares, of which 1.2 million shares were available for future grants.


103

Table of Contents


The Company recognizes compensation expense, measured as the fair value of the share-based award on the date of grant, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. Share-based compensation is recorded in the statements of income as a component of salaries and benefits for employees and as a component of other noninterest expense for non-employee directors, with a corresponding increase to capital surplus in shareholders’ equity. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, compensation expense and the related income tax benefit recognized for stock options and restricted stock were as follows:
(dollars in thousands)
 
2016

 
 
2015

 
 
2014

Compensation Expense
 
$
6,787

 
 
$
7,689

 
 
$
7,870

Income Tax Benefit
 
2,680

 
 
3,036

 
 
3,104


Restricted Stock

As of December 31, 2016, unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested restricted stock was $8.4 million. The unrecognized compensation expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.84 years.

The following table presents the activity for restricted stock:
 
Number of Shares

Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair Value
 
Grant Date Fair Value
of Restricted Stock that
Vested During the Year
(in thousands)
 
Unvested as of December 31, 2013
239,775

 
$
47.50

 
 
Granted
155,447

 
58.45

 
 
Vested
(130,238
)
 
47.32

 
$
6,163

Forfeited
(1,538
)
 
51.19

 
 
Unvested as of December 31, 2014
263,446

 
$
53.04

 
 
Granted
116,331

 
57.31

 
 
Vested
(108,949
)
 
52.47

 
$
5,759

Forfeited
(2,015
)
 
54.17

 
 
Unvested as of December 31, 2015
268,813

 
$
55.92

 
 
Granted
121,495

 
64.40

 
 
Vested
(105,891
)
 
53.46

 
$
5,661

Forfeited
(13,894
)
 
58.14

 
 
Unvested as of December 31, 2016 1
270,523

 
$
60.58

 
 

1 As of December 31, 2016, 26,812 shares were unvested from service-based grants.


104

Table of Contents


Restricted Stock Units

During 2016, 2015, and 2014, the Company granted RSUs payable solely in cash. The RSUs vest over periods ranging from three to four years from the date of grant and are subject to forfeiture until performance and employment targets are achieved.  Upon vesting, the RSUs are converted to cash based on the closing stock price on the vesting date. Total recognized compensation expense related to the RSUs was $5.9 million, $3.3 million, and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively.

The following table presents the activity for RSU:
 
Number of Units

 
Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair Value
 
Fair Value of Restricted
Stock Unit that Vested During the Year
(in thousands)
 
Balance as of December 31, 2013

 
 
$

 
 
Granted
105,405

 
 
55.17

 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2014
105,405

 
 
$
55.17

 
 
Granted
61,751

 
 
56.68

 
 
Vested
(31,651
)
 
 
55.17

 
$
1,940

Balance as of December 31, 2015
135,505

 
 
$
55.86

 
 
Granted
58,541

 
 
63.92

 


Vested
(31,660
)
 
 
55.17

 
$
1,897

Forfeited
(7,554
)
 
 
56.08

 


Balance as of December 31, 2016
154,832

 
 
$
59.04

 
 

Stock Options

There were no stock options granted for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014. All stock options granted were fully vested prior to December 31, 2014. The Company reissues treasury stock to satisfy stock option exercises.

The following table presents the activity related to stock options under all plans for the year ended December 31, 2016:
 
Stock
Options

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
 
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (in years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in thousands)
 
Stock Options Outstanding as of January 1, 2016
555,359

 
$
45.31

 
 
 
 
   Exercised
(76,470
)
 
46.37

 
 
 
 
Stock Options Outstanding as of December 31, 2016
478,889

 
45.14

 
5.0
 
$
20,856

Stock Options Vested and Exercisable as of December 31, 2016
478,889

 
45.14

 
5.0
 
20,856


The following summarizes certain stock option activity of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014:
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
 
2015

 
 
2014

Intrinsic Value of Stock Options Exercised
$
1,990

 
 
$
2,754

 
 
$
1,209

Cash Received from Stock Options Exercised
3,546

 
 
9,704

 
 
4,083

Tax Benefits Realized from Stock Options Exercised
384

 
 
330

 
 
34



105

Table of Contents


Note 16.  Income Taxes

Provision for Income Taxes

The components of the Company’s provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 were as follows:
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

 
2014

Current:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
$
69,061

 
$
73,278

 
$
76,789

State
1,885

 
3,737

 
3,018

Total Current
70,946

 
77,015

 
79,807

Deferred:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
6,947

 
(6,801
)
 
(5,603
)
State
240

 
284

 
392

Total Deferred
7,187

 
(6,517
)
 
(5,211
)
Provision for Income Taxes
$
78,133

 
$
70,498

 
$
74,596


The tax effects of fair value adjustments on available-for-sale investment securities, the amortization of unrealized gains and losses related to investment securities transferred to held-to-maturity, the minimum pension liability adjustment, and tax benefits related to stock options are recorded directly to consolidated shareholders’ equity. The net tax benefit recorded directly to consolidated shareholders’ equity was $7.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The net tax charge recorded directly to consolidated shareholders’ equity was $1.0 million and $2.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.


106

Table of Contents


Deferred Tax Liabilities and Assets

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, significant components of the Company’s deferred tax liabilities and assets were as follows:
 
December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

Deferred Tax Liabilities:
 
 
 
Accrued Pension Cost
$
(13,292
)
 
$
(13,707
)
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
(5,088
)
 
(5,088
)
Lease Transactions
(87,454
)
 
(85,874
)
Energy Tax Credits
(10,476
)
 
(8,054
)
Net Unrealized Gains on Investments Securities

 
(3,453
)
Investment in Variable Interest Entities
(1,883
)
 

Deferred Loan Fees
(9,088
)
 
(7,744
)
Originated Mortgage Servicing Rights
(9,588
)
 
(9,104
)
Other
(691
)
 
(657
)
Gross Deferred Tax Liabilities
(137,560
)
 
(133,681
)
Deferred Tax Assets:
 
 
 
Accelerated Depreciation
6,027

 
7,775

Allowance for Loan Losses
43,705

 
42,890

Minimum Pension Liability
18,852

 
18,831

Accrued Expenses
18,693

 
16,738

Postretirement Benefit Obligations
12,900

 
12,849

Capital Lease Expenses
3,235

 
3,231

Restricted Stock
7,955

 
6,262

Net Unrealized Losses on Investments Securities
3,271

 

Investment in Variable Interest Entities

 
1,951

Deductible State and Local Taxes
3,956

 
4,166

Other
7,596

 
7,225

Gross Deferred Tax Assets Before Valuation Allowance
126,190

 
121,918

Valuation Allowance
(3,655
)
 
(3,932
)
Gross Deferred Tax Assets After Valuation Allowance
122,535

 
117,986

Net Deferred Tax Liabilities
$
(15,025
)
 
$
(15,695
)

Both positive and negative evidence was considered by management in determining the need for a valuation allowance. Negative evidence included the uncertainty regarding the generation of capital gains in future years and restrictions on the ability to sell low-income housing investments during periods when carrybacks of capital losses are allowed. Positive evidence included capital gains in the current year and carryback years. After considering all available evidence, management determined that a valuation allowance to offset deferred tax assets related to low-income housing investments that can only be used to offset capital gains was appropriate. Management determined that a valuation allowance was not required for the remaining deferred tax assets because it is more likely than not these assets will be realized through future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences, and taxable income in prior carryback years.

Certain events covered by Internal Revenue Code Section 593(e) will trigger a recapture of base year reserves of acquired thrift institutions. The base year reserves of acquired thrift institutions would be recaptured if an entity ceases to qualify as a bank for federal income tax purposes. The base year reserves of thrift institutions also remain subject to income tax penalty provisions that, in general, require recapture upon certain stock redemptions of, and excess distributions to, shareholders. As of December 31, 2016, retained earnings included $18.2 million of base year reserves for which the deferred federal income tax liability of $7.2 million has not been recognized.


107

Table of Contents


Effective Tax Rate

The following is a reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014:
 
2016

 
2015

 
2014

Statutory Federal Income Tax Rate
35.00
 %
 
35.00
 %
 
35.00
 %
Increase (Decrease) in Income Tax Rate Resulting From:
 
 
 
 
 
State Taxes, Net of Federal Income Tax
0.60

 
1.23

 
0.59

Tax Reserve Adjustments
(0.18
)
 
0.38

 
0.88

Leveraged Leases
(0.13
)
 
0.06

 
0.01

Low-Income Housing Investments
(0.69
)
 
(0.78
)
 
(0.10
)
Investment Tax Credits
(0.85
)
 
(0.89
)
 
(0.68
)
Bank-Owned Life Insurance
(0.88
)
 
(1.06
)
 
(0.97
)
Tax-Exempt Income
(2.71
)
 
(3.03
)
 
(2.83
)
Other
(0.06
)
 
(0.42
)
 
(0.51
)
Effective Tax Rate
30.10
 %
 
30.49
 %
 
31.39
 %

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

The Company is required to record a liability, referred to as an unrecognized tax benefit (“UTB”), for the entire amount of benefit taken in a prior or future income tax return when the Company determines that a tax position has a less than 50% likelihood of being accepted by the taxing authority. The following presents a reconciliation of the Company’s liability for UTBs for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014:
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

 
2014

Unrecognized Tax Benefits at Beginning of Year
$
11,602

 
$
12,229

 
$
11,846

Gross Increases, Related to Tax Positions Taken in a Prior Period
145

 
398

 
1,074

Gross Decreases, Related to Tax Positions Taken in a Prior Period
(230
)
 
(98
)
 
(314
)
Gross Increases, Related to Current Period Tax Positions
395

 
573

 
498

Settlement with Taxing Authority
(1,002
)
 

 

Lapse of Statute of Limitations
(4,336
)
 
(1,500
)
 
(875
)
Unrecognized Tax Benefits at End of Year
$
6,574

 
$
11,602

 
$
12,229


As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, $5.8 million and $10.8 million, respectively, in liabilities for UTBs was related to UTBs that if reversed would have an impact on the Company’s effective tax rate.

Management believes that it is reasonably possible that the Company’s liability for UTBs could further decrease as a result of the expiration of statutes of limitations within the next 12 months. However, management is currently not able to estimate a range of possible change in the amount of the liability for UTBs recorded as of December 31, 2016.

The Company classifies interest and penalties, if any, related to the liability for UTBs as a component of the provision for income taxes. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, the Company recorded a net tax benefit of $1.1 million, net tax provision of less than $0.1 million, and a net tax provision of $0.2 million, respectively, for interest and penalties. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had accrued $1.0 million and $2.2 million, respectively, for the payment of possible interest and penalties.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, a settlement agreement was reached with the IRS related to prior tax years after the Company had filed a protest with IRS Appeals which resulted in a $0.5 million release of federal tax reserves. The federal tax returns for 2012 through 2015 remain subject to examination. The Company’s State of Hawaii income tax returns for 2012 through 2015 remain subject to examination by the taxing authorities.


108

Table of Contents


Note 17.  Derivative Financial Instruments

The notional amount and fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:
 
 
December 31, 2016
 
 
December 31, 2015
(dollars in thousands)
Notional Amount
 
 
Fair Value

 
Notional Amount
 
 
Fair Value

Interest Rate Lock Commitments
 
$
55,223

 
$
1,067

 
 
$
4,375

 
$
270

Forward Commitments
 
104,962

 
847

 
 
5,862

 
4

Interest Rate Swap Agreements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Receive Fixed/Pay Variable Swaps
 
357,441

 
1,381

 
 
203,667

 
13,021

Pay Fixed/Receive Variable Swaps
 
357,441

 
(1,395
)
 
 
203,667

 
(13,051
)
Foreign Exchange Contracts
 
38,172

 
(757
)
 
 
42,777

 
104


The following table presents the Company’s derivative financial instruments, their fair values, and the location in the consolidated statements of condition as of December 31, 2016 and 2015:
 
 
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
Derivative Financial Instruments Not Designated
    as Hedging Instruments 
1 (dollars in thousands)
 
Asset
Derivatives

 
Liability
Derivatives

 
Asset
Derivatives

 
Liability
Derivatives

Interest Rate Lock Commitments
 
$
1,236

 
$
169

 
$
270

 
$

Forward Commitments
 
873

 
26

 
5

 
1

Interest Rate Swap Agreements
 
11,569

 
11,583

 
13,543

 
13,573

Foreign Exchange Contracts
 
53

 
810

 
149

 
45

Total
 
$
13,731

 
$
12,588

 
$
13,967

 
$
13,619

1 Asset derivatives are included in other assets and liability derivatives are included in other liabilities in the consolidated statements of condition.

The following table presents the Company’s derivative financial instruments and the amount and location of the net gains or losses recognized in the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014:
 
Location of Net Gains (Losses)Recognized in the
Statements of Income
 
Year Ended December 31,
Derivative Financial Instruments Not Designated
    as Hedging Instruments
 (dollars in thousands)
 
2016

 
2015

 
2014

Interest Rate Lock Commitments
Mortgage Banking
 
$
7,834

 
$
2,779

 
$
3,072

Forward Commitments
Mortgage Banking
 
1,741

 
27

 
(527
)
Interest Rate Swap Agreements
Other Noninterest Income
 
2,987

 
1,085

 
130

Foreign Exchange Contracts
Other Noninterest Income
 
2,962

 
2,783

 
3,107

Total
 
 
$
15,524

 
$
6,674

 
$
5,782


Management has received authorization from the Bank’s Board of Directors to use derivative financial instruments as an end-user in connection with the Bank’s risk management activities and to accommodate the needs of the Bank’s customers.  As with any financial instrument, derivative financial instruments have inherent risks.  Market risk is defined as the risk of adverse financial impact due to fluctuations in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, and equity prices.  Market risks associated with derivative financial instruments are balanced with the expected returns to enhance earnings performance and shareholder value, while limiting the volatility of each.  The Company uses various processes to monitor its overall market risk exposure, including sensitivity analysis, value-at-risk calculations, and other methodologies.

Derivative financial instruments are also subject to credit and counterparty risk, which is defined as the risk of financial loss if a borrower or counterparty is either unable or unwilling to repay borrowings or settle transactions in accordance with the underlying contractual terms.  Credit and counterparty risks associated with derivative financial instruments are similar to those relating to traditional financial instruments.  The Company manages derivative credit and counterparty risk by evaluating the creditworthiness of each borrower or counterparty, adhering to the same credit approval process used for commercial lending activities.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company did not designate any derivative financial instruments as formal hedging relationships. The Company’s free-standing derivative financial instruments are required to be carried at their fair value on the Company’s consolidated statements of condition. These financial instruments have been limited to interest rate lock

109

Table of Contents


commitments (“IRLCs”), forward commitments, interest rate swap agreements, foreign exchange contracts, and conversion rate swap agreements.

The Company enters into IRLCs for residential mortgage loans which commit us to lend funds to a potential borrower at a specific interest rate and within a specified period of time.  IRLCs that relate to the origination of mortgage loans that will be held for sale are considered derivative financial instruments under applicable accounting guidance.  Outstanding IRLCs expose the Company to the risk that the price of the mortgage loans underlying the commitments may decline due to increases in mortgage interest rates from inception of the rate lock to the funding of the loan.  To mitigate this risk, the Company utilizes forward commitments as economic hedges against the potential decreases in the values of the loans held for sale.  IRLCs and forward commitments are free-standing derivatives which are carried at fair value with changes recorded in the mortgage banking component of noninterest income in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.

The Company enters into interest rate swap agreements to facilitate the risk management strategies of a small number of commercial banking customers.  The Company mitigates the interest rate risk of entering into these agreements by entering into equal and offsetting interest rate swap agreements with highly rated third party financial institutions.  The interest rate swap agreements are free-standing derivatives and are recorded at fair value in the Company’s consolidated statements of condition. Fair value changes are recorded in other noninterest income in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.  The Company is party to master netting arrangements with its financial institution counterparties; however, the Company does not offset assets and liabilities under these arrangements for financial statement presentation purposes.  Collateral, usually in the form of marketable securities, is posted by the counterparty with net liability positions in accordance with contract thresholds.  See Note 19 Balance Sheet Offsetting for more information.
 
The Company’s interest rate swap agreements with financial institution counterparties may contain credit-risk-related contingent features tied to a specified credit rating of the Company.  Under these provisions, should the Company’s specified rating fall below a particular level (e.g., investment grade rating), or if the Company no longer obtains the specified rating, the counterparty may require the Company to pledge collateral on an immediate and ongoing basis (subject to the requirement that such swaps are in a net liability position beyond the level specified in the contract), or require immediate settlement of the swap agreement.  Other credit-risk-related contingent features may also allow the counterparty to require immediate settlement of the swap agreement if the Company fails to maintain a specified minimum level of capitalization.

The Company utilizes foreign exchange contracts to offset risks related to transactions executed on behalf of customers. The foreign exchange contracts are free-standing derivatives which are carried at fair value with changes included in other noninterest income in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.

As each sale of Visa Class B restricted shares was completed, the Company entered into a conversion rate swap agreement with the buyer that requires payment to the buyer in the event Visa further reduces the conversion ratio of Class B into Class A unrestricted common shares.  In the event of Visa increasing the conversion ratio, the buyer would be required to make payment to the Company.  As of December 31, 2016, the conversion rate swap agreement was valued at zero (i.e., no contingent liability recorded) as further reductions to the conversion ratio were deemed neither probable nor reasonably estimable by management. See Note 3 Investment Securities for more information.

Note 18. Affordable Housing Projects Tax Credit Partnerships

The Company makes equity investments in various limited partnerships that sponsor affordable housing projects utilizing the Low Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC) pursuant to Section 42 of the Internal Revenue Code. The purpose of these investments is to achieve a satisfactory return on capital, to facilitate the sale of affordable housing product offerings, and to assist in achieving goals associated with the Community Reinvestment Act. The primary activities of the limited partnerships include the identification, development, and operation of multi-family housing that is leased to qualifying residential tenants. Generally, these types of investments are funded through a combination of debt and equity.

The Company is a limited partner in each LIHTC limited partnership. Each limited partnership is managed by an unrelated third party general partner who exercises full control over the affairs of the limited partnership. The general partner has all the rights, powers and authority granted or permitted to be granted to a general partner of a limited partnership. Duties entrusted to the general partner of each limited partnership include, but are not limited to: investment in operating companies, company expenditures, investment of excess funds, borrowing funds, employment of agents, disposition of fund property, prepayment and refinancing of liabilities, votes and consents, contract authority, disbursement of funds, accounting methods, tax elections, bank accounts, insurance, litigation, cash reserve, and use of working capital reserve funds. Except for limited rights granted to the

110

Table of Contents


limited partner(s) relating to the approval of certain transactions, the limited partner(s) may not participate in the operation, management, or control of the limited partnership’s business, transact any business in the limited partnership’s name or have any power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the limited partnership. In addition, the general partner may only be removed by the limited partner(s) in the event the general partner fails to comply with the terms of the agreement or is negligent in performing its duties.

The general partner of each limited partnership has both the power to direct the activities which most significantly affect the performance of each partnership and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could be significant to the entities. Therefore, the Company has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of any LIHTC partnership. The Company uses the effective yield method to account for its pre-2015 investments in these entities. Beginning January 1, 2015, any new investments that meet the requirements of the proportional amortization method are recognized using the proportional amortization method. The Company’s net affordable housing tax credit investments and related unfunded commitments were $66.6 million and $68.8 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and are included in other assets in the consolidated statements of condition.

Unfunded Commitments

As of December 31, 2016, the expected payments for unfunded affordable housing commitments were as follows:
(dollars in thousands)
Amount

2017
$
15,155

2018
566

2019
91

2020
27

2021
9

Thereafter
382

Total Unfunded Commitments
$
16,230


The following table presents tax credits and other tax benefits recognized and amortization expense related to affordable housing for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014.
(dollars in thousands)
 
2016

 
2015

 
2014

Effective Yield Method
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tax credits and other tax benefits recognized
 
$
13,996

 
$
13,448

 
$
10,946

Amortization Expense in Provision for Income Taxes
 
7,886

 
7,735

 
5,881


There were no impairment losses related to LIHTC investments for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014.

Note 19. Balance Sheet Offsetting

Interest Rate Swap Agreements (“Swap Agreements”)
The Company enters into swap agreements to facilitate the risk management strategies of a small number of commercial banking customers. The Company mitigates the risk of entering into these agreements by entering into equal and offsetting swap agreements with highly-rated third party financial institutions. The swap agreements are free-standing derivatives and are recorded at fair value in the Company’s consolidated statements of condition (asset positions are included in other assets and liability positions are included in other liabilities). The Company is party to master netting arrangements with its financial institution counterparties; however, the Company does not offset assets and liabilities under these arrangements for financial statement presentation purposes. The master netting arrangements provide for a single net settlement of all swap agreements, as well as collateral, in the event of default on, or termination of, any one contract. Collateral, usually in the form of marketable securities, is posted by the party (i.e., the Company or the financial institution counterparty) with net liability positions in accordance with contract thresholds. The Company had net liability positions with its financial institution counterparties totaling $5.5 million and $13.1 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. See Note 17 Derivative Financial Instruments for more information.

111

Table of Contents


Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase (“Repurchase Agreements”)
The Company enters into agreements under which it sells securities subject to an obligation to repurchase the same or similar securities.  Under these arrangements, the Company may transfer legal control over the assets but still retain effective control through an agreement that both entitles and obligates the Company to repurchase the assets.  As a result, these repurchase agreements are accounted for as collateralized financing arrangements (i.e., secured borrowings) and not as sales and subsequent repurchases of securities.  The obligation to repurchase the securities is reflected as a liability in the Company’s consolidated statements of condition, while the securities underlying the repurchase agreements remain in the respective investment securities asset accounts. As a result, there is no offsetting or netting of the investment securities assets with the repurchase agreement liabilities. In addition, as the Company does not enter into reverse repurchase agreements, there is no such offsetting to be done with the repurchase agreements.

The right of setoff for a repurchase agreement resembles a secured borrowing, whereby the collateral pledged by the Company would be used to settle the fair value of the repurchase agreement should the Company be in default (e.g., fail to make an interest payment to the counterparty). For private institution repurchase agreements, if the private institution counterparty were to default (e.g., declare bankruptcy), the Company could cancel the repurchase agreement (i.e., cease payment of principal and interest) and attempt collection on the amount of collateral value in excess of the repurchase agreement fair value. The collateral is held by a third party financial institution in the counterparty’s custodial account. The counterparty has the right to sell or repledge the investment securities. For government entity repurchase agreements, the collateral is held by the Company in a segregated custodial account under a tri-party agreement. The Company is required by the counterparty to maintain adequate collateral levels. In the event the collateral fair value falls below stipulated levels, the Company will pledge additional securities. The Company closely monitors collateral levels to ensure adequate levels are maintained, while mitigating the potential risk of over-collateralization in the event of counterparty default.

The following table presents the remaining contractual maturities of the Company’s repurchase agreements as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, disaggregated by the class of collateral pledged.
 
 
 Remaining Contractual Maturity of Repurchase Agreements
 (dollars in thousands)
 
 Up to
90 days

 
 91-365 days

 
 1-3 Years

 
 After
3 Years

 
 Total

December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Class of Collateral Pledged:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Debt Securities Issued by the U.S. Treasury and Government Agencies
 
$

 
$

 
$
200,000

 
$
104,681

 
$
304,681

 Debt Securities Issued by States and Political Subdivisions
 
22,050

 
590

 

 

 
22,640

 Mortgage-Backed Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     Residential - Government Agencies
 
738

 

 

 
97,281

 
98,019

     Residential - U.S. Government-Sponsored Enterprises
 

 

 

 
98,038

 
98,038

 Total
 
$
22,788

 
$
590

 
$
200,000

 
$
300,000

 
$
523,378

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Class of Collateral Pledged:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Debt Securities Issued by the U.S. Treasury and Government Agencies
 
$

 
$

 
$
200,000

 
$
110,313

 
$
310,313

 Debt Securities Issued by States and Political Subdivisions
 
47,915

 
4,692

 
100

 

 
52,707

 Mortgage-Backed Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     Residential - Government Agencies
 
1,150

 
51,169

 

 
102,919

 
155,238

     Residential - U.S. Government-Sponsored Enterprises
 

 
23,831

 

 
86,768

 
110,599

 Total
 
$
49,065

 
$
79,692

 
$
200,100

 
$
300,000

 
$
628,857





112

Table of Contents


The following table presents the assets and liabilities subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement, or repurchase agreements, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. The swap agreements we have with our commercial banking customers are not subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement, and therefore, are excluded from this table.
 
 
(i)
 
(ii)
 
(iii) = (i)-(ii)
 
(iv)
 
(v) = (iii)-(iv)
 
 
Gross Amounts
Recognized in the
Statements
 of Condition
 
 Gross Amounts
Offset in the
Statements
 of Condition
 
 Net Amounts
Presented in the
Statements
 of Condition
 
 Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Statements of Condition
 
 
(dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
Netting
Adjustments
per Master
Netting
Arrangements
 
Fair Value of Collateral
Pledged 1
 
 Net Amount
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Rate Swap Agreements:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Institutional Counterparties
 
$
5,094

 
$

 
$
5,094

 
$
5,094

 
$

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Rate Swap Agreements:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Institutional Counterparties
 
6,489

 

 
6,489

 
5,094

 
500

 
895

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Repurchase Agreements:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Private Institutions
 
500,000

 

 
500,000

 

 
500,000

 

    Government Entities
 
23,378

 

 
23,378

 

 
23,378

 

Total Repurchase Agreements
 
$
523,378

 
$

 
$
523,378

 
$

 
$
523,378

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Rate Swap Agreements:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Institutional Counterparties
 
$
261

 
$

 
$
261

 
$
261

 
$

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Rate Swap Agreements:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Institutional Counterparties
 
13,312

 

 
13,312

 
261

 

 
13,051

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Repurchase Agreements:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Private Institutions
 
575,000

 

 
575,000

 

 
575,000

 

    Government Entities
 
53,857

 

 
53,857

 

 
53,857

 

Total Repurchase Agreements
 
$
628,857

 
$

 
$
628,857

 
$

 
$
628,857

 
$

1 
The application of collateral cannot reduce the net amount below zero. Therefore, excess collateral is not reflected in this table. For repurchase agreements with private institutions, the fair value of investment securities pledged was $599.3 million and $663.2 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. For repurchase agreements with government entities, the fair value of investment securities pledged was $28.9 million and $66.9 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.



113

Table of Contents


Note 20.  Commitments, Contingencies, and Guarantees

The Company’s credit commitments as of December 31, 2016 were as follows:
(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2016

Unfunded Commitments to Extend Credit
$
2,732,734

Standby Letters of Credit
112,830

Commercial Letters of Credit
16,269

Total
$
2,861,833


Unfunded Commitments to Extend Credit

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of the terms or conditions established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since commitments may expire without being drawn, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

Standby and Commercial Letters of Credit

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Standby letters of credit generally become payable upon the failure of the customer to perform according to the terms of the underlying contract with the third party, while commercial letters of credit are issued specifically to facilitate commerce and typically result in the commitment being drawn on when the underlying transaction is consummated between the customer and a third party. The contractual amount of these letters of credit represents the maximum potential future payments guaranteed by the Company. The Company has recourse against the customer for any amount it is required to pay to a third party under a standby letter of credit, and generally holds cash or deposits as collateral on those standby letters of credit for which collateral is deemed necessary. Assets valued at $89.3 million secured certain specifically identified standby letters of credit as of December 31, 2016. As of December 31, 2016, the standby and commercial letters of credit had remaining terms ranging from 1 to 15 months.

Lease Commitments

A portion of the Company’s headquarters’ building is leased with a lease term through 2052. The Company leases certain other branch premises and equipment with lease terms extending through 2048. Most of the leases for premises provide for a base rent over a specified period with renewal options thereafter. Portions of certain properties are subleased for periods expiring in various years through 2024. Lease terms generally specify that the Company is to pay for taxes, maintenance, and other operating costs. Rental expense for all operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 were as follows:
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

 
2014

Minimum Rentals
$
18,377

 
$
18,826

 
$
18,411

Sublease Rental Income
(6,551
)
 
(6,212
)
 
(6,647
)
Total
$
11,826

 
$
12,614

 
$
11,764


Future minimum payments for capital leases and non-cancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more consisted of the following as of December 31, 2016:
(dollars in thousands)
Capital Leases

 
 
Operating Leases

2017
$
825

 
 
$
13,632

2018
825

 
 
12,108

2019
825

 
 
10,045

2020
825

 
 
9,588

2021
825

 
 
8,823

Thereafter
25,581

 
 
103,083

Total Future Minimum Lease Payments
29,706

 
 
$
157,279

Amounts Representing Interest
(18,921
)
 
 
 
Present Value of Net Future Minimum Lease Payments
$
10,785

 
 
 

Minimum future rental income receivable under non-cancelable subleases was $17.1 million as of December 31, 2016.

114

Table of Contents



Contingencies

The Company, along with other members of Visa, are parties to Loss and Judgment Sharing Agreements (the “Agreements”), which provide that the Company along with other member banks of Visa, will share, based on its proportionate interest in Visa, in any losses from certain litigation specified in the Agreements. In March 2008, Visa funded an escrow account from its initial public offering to settle claims covered under the Agreements. In connection with the initial public offering, the Company received restricted Class B common stock in Visa. Should the escrow account established by Visa not be sufficient to cover litigation claims specified in the Agreements, Visa is entitled to fund additional amounts to the escrow account by reducing each member bank’s Class B conversion ratio to unrestricted Class A shares. As of December 31, 2016, management believes that the Company’s indemnification of Visa, related to the costs of these lawsuits, will be sufficiently funded from the escrow account or through future reductions in the conversion ratio. See Note 3 Investment Securities and Note 17 Derivative Financial Instruments for more information.

On September 9, 2016, a purported class action lawsuit was filed by a Bank customer alleging Bank of Hawaii’s practice of determining whether consumer deposit accounts were overdrawn based on “available balance” (which deducts debit card transactions that have taken place but which have not yet been posted) was not properly applied or disclosed to  customers. Additionally, on January 20, 2017, another purported class action lawsuit was filed by a Bank customer alleging Bank of Hawaii’s practice of assessing a continuous negative balance overdraft fee on accounts remaining in a negative balance for extended periods of time beyond the date of the initial overdraft constituted a usurious interest charge and a breach of contract with the customer.

These lawsuits are similar to lawsuits filed against other financial institutions pertaining to available balance overdraft fee disclosures and continuing negative balance overdraft fees. Because of the many questions of fact and law that may arise in the future, the outcome of these legal proceedings are uncertain at this point. Based on information available to us at present, we cannot reasonably estimate a range of potential loss, if any, for these actions because, among other things, our potential liability depends on whether a class is certified and, if so, the composition and size of any such class, the applicable time period at issue, as well as an assessment of the appropriate measure of damages if we were to be found liable. Accordingly, we have not recognized any liability associated with these actions. Management disputes any wrongdoing and the cases are being vigorously defended.

In addition to the litigation noted above, the Company is subject to various other pending and threatened legal proceedings arising out of the normal course of business or operations. On at least a quarterly basis, the Company assesses its liabilities and contingencies in connection with outstanding legal proceedings utilizing the most recent information available. On a case-by-case basis, reserves are established for those legal claims for which it is probable that a loss will be incurred and the amount of such loss can be reasonably estimated. Based on information currently available, management believes that the eventual outcome of these claims against the Company will not be materially in excess of such amounts reserved by the Company. However, in the event of unexpected future developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of these matters may result in a loss that materially exceeds the reserves established by the Company.

Risks Related to Representation and Warranty Provisions

The Company sells residential mortgage loans in the secondary market primarily to the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”). The Company also pools Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”) insured and U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (“VA”) guaranteed residential mortgage loans for sale to the Government National Mortgage Corporation (“Ginnie Mae”). These pools of FHA-insured and VA-guaranteed residential mortgage loans are securitized by Ginnie Mae. The agreements under which the Company sells residential mortgage loans to Fannie Mae or Ginnie Mae and the insurance or guaranty agreements with FHA and VA contain provisions that include various representations and warranties regarding the origination and characteristics of the residential mortgage loans. Although the specific representations and warranties vary among investors, insurance or guarantee agreements, they typically cover ownership of the loan, validity of the lien securing the loan, the absence of delinquent taxes or liens against the property securing the loan, compliance with loan criteria set forth in the applicable agreement, compliance with applicable federal, state, and local laws, and other matters. As of December 31, 2016, the unpaid principal balance of residential mortgage loans sold by the Company was $2.5 billion. The agreements under which the Company sells residential mortgage loans require delivery of various documents to the investor or its document custodian. Although these loans are primarily sold on a non-recourse basis, the Company may be obligated to repurchase residential mortgage loans or reimburse investors for losses incurred if a loan review reveals that underwriting and documentation standards were potentially not met. Some agreements may require the Company to repurchase delinquent loans. Upon receipt of a repurchase request, the Company works with investors or insurers to arrive at a mutually agreeable resolution. Repurchase demands are typically reviewed on an individual loan by loan basis to validate the claims made by the investor or insurer and to determine if a contractually required

115

Table of Contents


repurchase event has occurred. The Company manages the risk associated with potential repurchases or other forms of settlement through its underwriting and quality assurance practices and by servicing mortgage loans to meet investor and secondary market standards. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company repurchased two residential mortgage loans with an aggregate unpaid principal balance totaling $0.4 million as a result of the representation and warranty provisions contained in these contracts. These loans were delinquent as to principal and interest at the time of repurchase, however, no losses were incurred related to these repurchases. As of December 31, 2016, there were no pending repurchase requests related to representation and warranty provisions.

Risks Relating to Residential Mortgage Loan Servicing Activities

In addition to servicing loans in the Company’s portfolio, substantially all of the loans the Company sells to investors are sold with servicing rights retained. The Company also services loans originated by other mortgage loan originators. As servicer, the Company’s primary duties are to: (1) collect payments due from borrowers; (2) advance certain delinquent payments of principal and interest; (3) maintain and administer any hazard, title, or primary mortgage insurance policies relating to the mortgage loans; (4) maintain any required escrow accounts for payment of taxes and insurance and administer escrow payments; and (5) foreclose on defaulted mortgage loans or, to the extent consistent with the documents governing a securitization, consider alternatives to foreclosure, such as loan modifications or short sales. Each agreement under which the Company acts as servicer generally specifies a standard of responsibility for actions taken by the Company in such capacity and provides protection against expenses and liabilities incurred by the Company when acting in compliance with the respective servicing agreements. However, if the Company commits a material breach of obligations as servicer, the Company may be subject to termination if the breach is not cured within a specified period following notice. The standards governing servicing and the possible remedies for violations of such standards vary by investor. These standards and remedies are determined by servicing guides issued by the investors as well as the contract provisions established between the investors and the Company. Remedies could include repurchase of an affected loan. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company had no repurchase requests related to loan servicing activities. As of December 31, 2016, there were no pending repurchase requests related to loan servicing activities.

Although to date repurchase requests related to representation and warranty provisions, and servicing activities have been limited, it is possible that requests to repurchase mortgage loans may increase in frequency as investors more aggressively pursue all means of recovering losses on their purchased loans. However, as of December 31, 2016, management believes that this exposure is not material due to the historical level of repurchase requests and loss trends and thus has not established a liability for losses related to mortgage loan repurchases. As of December 31, 2016, 99% of the Company’s residential mortgage loans serviced for investors were current. The Company maintains ongoing communications with investors and continues to evaluate this exposure by monitoring the level and number of repurchase requests as well as the delinquency rates in the loans sold to investors.

Note 21.  Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities

The following is a description of the valuation methodologies and key inputs used to measure assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

Investment Securities Available-for-Sale

Fair values of investment securities available-for-sale were primarily measured using information from a third-party pricing service.  This service provides pricing information by utilizing evaluated pricing models supported with market data information.  Standard inputs include benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers, and reference data from market research publications.  Level 1 investment securities are comprised of debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, as quoted prices were available, unadjusted, for identical securities in active markets.  Level 2 investment securities were primarily comprised of debt securities issued by the Small Business Administration, states and municipalities, corporations, as well as mortgage-backed securities issued by government agencies and government-sponsored enterprises.  Fair values were estimated primarily by obtaining quoted prices for similar assets in active markets or through the use of pricing models.  In cases where there may be limited or less transparent information provided by the Company’s third-party pricing service, fair value may be estimated by the use of secondary pricing services or through the use of non-binding third-party broker quotes.

On a quarterly basis, management reviews the pricing information received from the Company’s third-party pricing service.  This review process includes a comparison to non-binding third-party broker quotes, as well as a review of market-related conditions

116

Table of Contents


impacting the information provided by the Company’s third-party pricing service.  Management primarily identifies investment securities which may have traded in illiquid or inactive markets by identifying instances of a significant decrease in the volume or frequency of trades, relative to historical levels, as well as instances of a significant widening of the bid-ask spread in the brokered markets.  Investment securities that are deemed to have been trading in illiquid or inactive markets may require the use of significant unobservable inputs to determine fair value. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, management did not make adjustments to prices provided by the third-party pricing service as a result of illiquid or inactive markets.  On a quarterly basis, management also reviews a sample of securities priced by the Company’s third-party pricing service to review the significant assumptions and valuation methodologies used by the service.  Based on this review, management determines whether the current placement of the security in the fair value hierarchy is appropriate or whether transfers may be warranted.  The Company’s third-party pricing service has also established processes for us to submit inquiries regarding quoted prices.  Periodically, we will challenge the quoted prices provided by our third-party pricing service.  The Company’s third-party pricing service will review the inputs to the evaluation in light of the new market data presented by us.  The Company’s third-party pricing service may then affirm the original quoted price or may update the evaluation on a going-forward basis.

Loans Held for Sale

The fair value of the Company’s residential mortgage loans held for sale was determined based on quoted prices for similar loans in active markets, and therefore, is classified as a Level 2 measurement.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

Mortgage servicing rights do not trade in an active market with readily observable market data.  As a result, the Company estimates the fair value of mortgage servicing rights by using a discounted cash flow model to calculate the present value of estimated future net servicing income.  The Company stratifies its mortgage servicing portfolio on the basis of loan type.  The assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model are those that we believe market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income.  Significant assumptions in the valuation of mortgage servicing rights include estimated loan repayment rates, the discount rate, servicing costs, and the timing of cash flows, among other factors.  Mortgage servicing rights are classified as Level 3 measurements due to the use of significant unobservable inputs, as well as significant management judgment and estimation.

Other Assets

Other assets recorded at fair value on a recurring basis are primarily comprised of investments related to deferred compensation arrangements.  Quoted prices for these investments, primarily in mutual funds, are available in active markets.  Thus, the Company’s investments related to deferred compensation arrangements are classified as Level 1 measurements in the fair value hierarchy.

Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivative financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis are comprised of interest rate lock commitments (“IRLCs”), forward commitments, interest rate swap agreements, foreign exchange contracts, and Visa Class B to Class A shares conversion rate swap agreements.  The fair values of IRLCs are calculated based on the value of the underlying loan held for sale, which in turn is based on quoted prices for similar loans in the secondary market.  However, this value is adjusted by a factor which considers the likelihood that the loan in a locked position will ultimately close.  This factor, the closing ratio, is derived from the Bank’s internal data and is adjusted using significant management judgment.  As such, IRLCs are classified as Level 3 measurements.  Forward commitments are classified as Level 2 measurements as they are primarily based on quoted prices from the secondary market based on the settlement date of the contracts, interpolated or extrapolated, if necessary, to estimate a fair value as of the end of the reporting period.  The fair values of interest rate swap agreements are calculated using a discounted cash flow approach and utilize Level 2 observable inputs such as a market yield curve, effective date, maturity date, notional amount, and stated interest rate.  In addition, the Company includes in its fair value calculation a credit factor adjustment which is based primarily on management judgment.  Thus, interest rate swap agreements are classified as a Level 3 measurement.  The fair values of foreign exchange contracts are calculated using the Bank’s multi-currency accounting system which utilizes contract specific information such as currency, maturity date, contractual amount, and strike price, along with market data information such as the spot rates of specific currency and yield curves.  Foreign exchange contracts are classified as Level 2 measurements because while they are valued using the Bank’s multi-currency accounting system, significant management judgment or estimation is not required. The fair value of the Visa Class B restricted shares to Class A unrestricted common shares conversion rate swap agreements represent the amount owed by the Company to the buyer of the Visa Class B shares as a result of a

117

Table of Contents


reduction of the conversion ratio subsequent to the sales date. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the conversion rate swap agreements were valued at zero as reductions to the conversion ratio were neither probable nor reasonably estimable by management. See Note 17 Derivative Financial Instruments for more information.

The Company is exposed to credit risk if borrowers or counterparties fail to perform.  The Company seeks to minimize credit risk through credit approvals, limits, monitoring procedures, and collateral requirements.  The Company generally enters into transactions with borrowers and counterparties that carry high quality credit ratings.  Credit risk associated with borrowers or counterparties as well as the Company’s non-performance risk is factored into the determination of the fair value of derivative financial instruments.


118

Table of Contents


The table below presents the balances of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2016 and 2015:
(dollars in thousands)
Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
or Liabilities
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
 
Total

December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment Securities Available-for-Sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt Securities Issued by the U.S. Treasury
 and Government Agencies
 
$
539

 
$
408,176

 
$

 
$
408,715

Debt Securities Issued by States and Political Subdivisions
 

 
671,799

 

 
671,799

Debt Securities Issued by Corporations
 

 
269,179

 

 
269,179

Mortgage-Backed Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential - Government Agencies
 

 
243,844

 

 
243,844

Residential - U.S. Government-Sponsored Enterprises
 

 
506,987

 

 
506,987

Commercial - Government Agencies
 

 
85,517

 

 
85,517

Total Mortgage-Backed Securities
 

 
836,348

 

 
836,348

Total Investment Securities Available-for-Sale
 
539

 
2,185,502

 

 
2,186,041

Loans Held for Sale
 

 
62,499

 

 
62,499

Mortgage Servicing Rights
 

 

 
1,655

 
1,655

Other Assets
 
21,952

 

 

 
21,952

Derivatives 1
 

 
926

 
12,805

 
13,731

Total Assets Measured at Fair Value on a
Recurring Basis as of December 31, 2016
 
$
22,491

 
$
2,248,927

 
$
14,460

 
$
2,285,878

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives 1
 
$

 
$
836

 
$
11,752

 
$
12,588

Total Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a
Recurring Basis as of December 31, 2016
 
$

 
$
836

 
$
11,752

 
$
12,588

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment Securities Available-for-Sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt Securities Issued by the U.S. Treasury
and Government Agencies
 
$
545

 
$
358,349

 
$

 
$
358,894

Debt Securities Issued by States and Political Subdivisions
 

 
731,918

 

 
731,918

Debt Securities Issued by Corporations
 

 
308,870

 

 
308,870

Mortgage-Backed Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential - Government Agencies
 

 
316,245

 

 
316,245

Residential - U.S. Government-Sponsored Enterprises
 

 
441,864

 

 
441,864

Commercial - Government Agencies
 

 
99,027

 

 
99,027

Total Mortgage-Backed Securities
 

 
857,136




857,136

Total Investment Securities Available-for-Sale
 
545


2,256,273



 
2,256,818

Loans Held for Sale
 

 
4,808

 

 
4,808

Mortgage Servicing Rights
 

 

 
1,970

 
1,970

Other Assets
 
20,262

 

 

 
20,262

Derivatives 1
 

 
154

 
13,813

 
13,967

Total Assets Measured at Fair Value on a
Recurring Basis as of December 31, 2015
 
$
20,807

 
$
2,261,235

 
$
15,783

 
$
2,297,825

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives 1
 
$

 
$
46

 
$
13,573

 
$
13,619

Total Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a
Recurring Basis as of December 31, 2015
 
$

 
$
46

 
$
13,573

 
$
13,619

1     The fair value of each class of derivatives is shown in Note 17 Derivative Financial Instruments.

119

Table of Contents


For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis were as follows:
(dollars in thousands)
Mortgage
Servicing Rights 
1
 
Net Derivative
 Assets and
 Liabilities 2
 
Year Ended December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
Balance as of January 1, 2016
 
$
1,970

 
$
240

Realized and Unrealized Net Gains (Losses):
 
 
 
 
Included in Net Income
 
(315
)
 
7,850

Transfers to Loans Held for Sale
 

 
(7,037
)
Balance as of December 31, 2016
 
$
1,655

 
$
1,053

Total Unrealized Net Gains (Losses) Included in Net Income
Related to Assets Still Held as of December 31, 2016
 
$

 
$
1,053

 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
Balance as of January 1, 2015
 
$
2,604

 
$
118

Realized and Unrealized Net Gains (Losses):
 
 
 
 
Included in Net Income
 
(634
)
 
2,783

Transfers to Loans Held for Sale
 

 
(2,661
)
Balance as of December 31, 2015
 
$
1,970

 
$
240

Total Unrealized Net Gains (Losses) Included in Net Income
Related to Assets Still Held as of December 31, 2015
 
$
(251
)
 
$
240

1 
Realized and unrealized gains and losses related to mortgage servicing rights are reported as a component of mortgage banking income in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.
2 
Realized and unrealized gains and losses related to interest rate lock commitments are reported as a component of mortgage banking income in the Company’s consolidated statements of income. Realized and unrealized gains and losses related to interest rate swap agreements are reported as a component of other noninterest income in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.

For Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring or nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements were as follows:
 
 
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(weighted-average)
 
Fair Value
 
 
 
 
December 31,
 
December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
 
Valuation Technique
Description
2016

 
2015

 
2016

 
2015

Mortgage Servicing Rights
 
Discounted Cash Flow
Constant Prepayment Rate 1
8.13
%
 
9.10
%
 
$
26,803

 
$
26,774

 
 
 
Discount Rate 2
9.33
%
 
9.38
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Derivative Assets and Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     Interest Rate Lock Commitments
 
Pricing Model
Closing Ratio
92.26
%
 
94.70
%
 
$
1,067

 
$
270

     Interest Rate Swap Agreements
 
Discounted Cash Flow
Credit Factor
0.13
%
 
0.22
%
 
$
(14
)
 
$
(30
)
1     Represents annualized loan prepayment rate assumption.
2     Derived from multiple interest rate scenarios that incorporate a spread to a market yield curve and market volatilities.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s mortgage servicing rights are the weighted-average constant prepayment rate and weighted-average discount rate. Significant increases (decreases) in any of those inputs in isolation could result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.  Although the constant prepayment rate and the discount rate are not directly interrelated, they generally move in opposite directions of each other.

The Company estimates the fair value of mortgage servicing rights by using a discounted cash flow model to calculate the present value of estimated future net servicing income.  The Company’s Treasury Division enters observable and unobservable inputs into the model to arrive at an estimated fair value.  To assess the reasonableness of the fair value measurement, the Treasury Division performs a back-test by applying the model to historical prepayment data.  The fair value and constant prepayment rate are also compared to forward-looking estimates to assess reasonableness.  The Treasury Division also compares the fair value of the Company’s mortgage servicing rights to a value calculated by an independent third party.  Discussions are held with members from the Treasury, Mortgage Banking, and Controllers Divisions, along with the independent third party to discuss and reconcile the fair value estimates and key assumptions used by the respective parties in arriving at those estimates.  A subcommittee of the

120

Table of Contents


Company’s Asset/Liability Management Committee is responsible for providing oversight over the valuation methodology and key assumptions.

The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s IRLCs is the closing ratio, which represents the percentage of loans currently in a lock position which management estimates will ultimately close.  Generally, the fair value of an IRLC is positive (negative) if the prevailing interest rate is lower (higher) than the IRLC rate.  Therefore, an increase in the closing ratio (i.e., higher percentage of loans are estimated to close) will increase the gain or loss.  The closing ratio is largely dependent on the loan processing stage that a loan is currently in and the change in prevailing interest rates from the time of the rate lock.  The closing ratio is computed by our secondary marketing system using historical data and the ratio is periodically reviewed by the Company’s Secondary Marketing Department of the Mortgage Banking Division for reasonableness.

The unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s interest rate swap agreements is the credit factor.  This factor represents the risk that a counterparty is either unable or unwilling to settle a transaction in accordance with the underlying contractual terms.  A significant increase (decrease) in the credit factor could result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.  The credit factor is determined by the Treasury Division based on the risk rating assigned to each counterparty in which the Company holds a net asset position.  The Company’s Credit Policy Committee periodically reviews and approves the Expected Default Frequency of the Economic Capital Model for Credit Risk.  The Expected Default Frequency is used as the credit factor for interest rate swap agreements.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

The Company may be required periodically to measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. These adjustments to fair value usually result from the application of lower-of-cost-or-fair value accounting or impairment write-downs of individual assets. The following table represents the assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

(dollars in thousands)
Fair Value
Hierarchy
 
Net Carrying
Amount

 
Valuation
Allowance

December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage Servicing Rights - amortization method
Level 3
 
$
22,008

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage Servicing Rights - amortization method
Level 3
 
$
21,032

 
$
21

Foreclosed Real Estate
Level 3
 
824

 

Other Assets - Equipment Held for Sale
Level 3
 
4,657

 
9,453


The write-down of mortgage servicing rights accounted for under the amortization method as of December 31, 2015 was primarily due to changes in certain key assumptions used to estimate fair value. This write-down was recovered in 2016. As previously mentioned, all of the Company’s mortgage servicing rights are classified as Level 3 measurements due to the use of significant unobservable inputs, as well as significant management judgment and estimation. The Company’s equipment held for sale at December 31, 2015 represented six aircraft that were previously on lease agreements. An impairment charge of $9.5 million (included in other noninterest expense in the Company’s consolidated statements of income) was recorded in the third quarter of 2015 to reduce the carrying value to estimated fair value less cost to sell based on recent appraisals, market conditions, and management judgment. Due to the use of significant unobservable inputs combined with significant management judgment regarding the fair value of the six aircraft, the carrying value was deemed a Level 3 measurement. For segment reporting (see Note 13 Business Segments), the carrying value was included in the Commercial Banking segment. All aircraft were sold in 2016 resulting in a nominal loss on sale from the reduced carrying value.

Fair Value Option

The Company elects the fair value option for all residential mortgage loans held for sale. This election allows for a more effective offset of the changes in fair values of the loans held for sale and the derivative financial instruments used to financially hedge them without having to apply complex hedge accounting requirements. As noted above, the fair value of the Company’s residential mortgage loans held for sale was determined based on quoted prices for similar loans in active markets.


121

Table of Contents


The following table reflects the difference between the aggregate fair value and the aggregate unpaid principal balance of the Company’s residential mortgage loans held for sale as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.
(dollars in thousands)
Aggregate
Fair Value

Aggregate
Unpaid Principal
 
Aggregate Fair Value
Less Aggregate
Unpaid Principal
 
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
Loans Held for Sale
$
62,499

 
$
61,782

 
$
717

 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
Loans Held for Sale
$
4,808

 
$
4,575

 
$
233


Changes in the estimated fair value of residential mortgage loans held for sale are reported as a component of mortgage banking income in the Company’s consolidated statements of income. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the net gains or losses from the change in fair value of the Company’s residential mortgage loans held for sale were not material.

Financial Instruments Not Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The assumptions used below are expected to approximate those that market participants would use in valuing these financial instruments.

Investment Securities Held-to-Maturity

The fair value of the Company’s investment securities held-to-maturity was primarily measured using information from a third-party pricing service.  Level 1 investment securities are comprised of debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury as quoted prices were available, unadjusted, for identical securities in active markets.  If quoted prices were not available, fair values were estimated primarily by obtaining quoted prices for similar assets in active markets or through the use of pricing models.  In cases where there may be limited or less transparent information provided by the Company’s third-party pricing service, fair value may be estimated by the use of secondary pricing services or through the use of non-binding third-party broker quotes.

Loans

The fair value of the Company’s loans was estimated by discounting the expected future cash flows using the current interest rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.  Loans were first segregated by type such as commercial, real estate, and consumer, and were then further segmented into fixed and variable rate.  Expected future cash flows were projected based on contractual cash flows, adjusted for estimated prepayments.

Time Deposits

The fair value of the Company’s time deposits was calculated using discounted cash flow analyses, applying discount rates based on market yield curve rates for similar maturities.  The fair values of the Company’s time deposit liabilities do not take into consideration the value of the Company’s long-term relationships with depositors, which may have significant value.

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

The fair value of the Company’s securities sold under agreements to repurchase was calculated using discounted cash flow analyses, applying discount rates based on market yield curve rates for similar maturities.

Other Debt

The fair value of the Company’s other debt was calculated using a discounted cash flow analyses, applying discount rates based on market yield curve rates for similar maturities.

122

Table of Contents


The following presents the carrying amount, fair value, and placement in the fair value hierarchy of the Company’s financial instruments not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. This table excludes financial instruments for which the carrying amount approximates fair value.  For short-term financial assets such as cash and cash equivalents, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value due to the relatively short time between the origination of the instrument and its expected realization.  For non-marketable equity securities such as Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value as these securities can only be redeemed or sold at their par value and only to the respective issuing government supported institution or to another member institution.  For financial liabilities such as noninterest-bearing demand, interest-bearing demand, and savings deposits, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value due to these products having no stated maturity.

 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements
(dollars in thousands)
Carrying Amount

 
Fair Value

 
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for
Identical Assets or
Liabilities(Level 1)

 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Instruments – Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment Securities Held-to-Maturity
$
3,832,997

 
$
3,827,527

 
$
530,940

 
$
3,296,587

 
$

Loans 1
8,583,726

 
8,743,191

 

 

 
8,743,191

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Instruments – Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Time Deposits
1,217,707

 
1,213,705

 

 
1,213,705

 

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
523,378

 
523,374

 

 
523,374

 

Other Debt 2
257,153

 
256,718

 

 
256,718

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Instruments – Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment Securities Held-to-Maturity
$
3,982,736

 
$
4,006,412

 
$
489,967

 
$
3,516,445

 
$

Loans 1
7,538,454

 
7,967,385

 

 

 
7,967,385

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Instruments – Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Time Deposits
1,177,651

 
1,178,837

 

 
1,178,837

 

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
628,857

 
686,853

 

 
686,853

 

Other Debt 2
234,938

 
235,668

 

 
235,668

 

1 
Net of unearned income and the Allowance.
2 
Excludes capitalized lease obligations.



123

Table of Contents


Note 22.  Bank of Hawaii Corporation Financial Statements

Condensed financial statements of the Parent were as follows:

Condensed Statements of Comprehensive Income
 
Year Ended December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

 
2014

Income
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends from Bank of Hawaii
$
120,000

 
$
115,000

 
$
136,000

Investment Securities Gains (Losses), Net
(340
)
 
9,870

 
7,810

Other Income
279

 
973

 
690

Total Income
119,939

 
125,843

 
144,500

Noninterest Expense
 
 
 
 
 
Intercompany Salaries and Services
705

 
651

 
839

Other Expenses
1,392

 
2,325

 
2,067

Total Noninterest Expense
2,097

 
2,976

 
2,906

Income Before Income Tax Benefit and Equity in Undistributed Income of Subsidiaries
117,842

 
122,867

 
141,594

Income Tax Benefit (Expense)
2,137

 
(1,670
)
 
225

Equity in Undistributed Income of Subsidiaries
61,482

 
39,507

 
21,223

Net Income
$
181,461

 
$
160,704

 
$
163,042

Comprehensive Income
$
171,112

 
$
163,833

 
$
168,179


Condensed Statements of Condition
(dollars in thousands)
 
December 31, 2016

 
December 31, 2015

Assets
 
 
 
 
Cash with Bank of Hawaii
 
$
51,915

 
$
63,755

Investment Securities Held-to-Maturity
 
4,973

 
4,960

Goodwill
 
14,129

 
14,129

Income Taxes Receivable and Deferred Tax Assets
 
2,071

 
2,445

Other Assets
 
7,744

 
7,842

Equity in Net Assets of Subsidiaries
 
1,095,077

 
1,036,977

Total Assets
 
$
1,175,909


$
1,130,108

 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
 
Income Taxes Payable
 
$
6,273

 
$
5,072

Other Liabilities
 
8,099

 
8,776

Total Liabilities
 
14,372

 
13,848

Shareholders' Equity
 
1,161,537

 
1,116,260

Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
 
$
1,175,909

 
$
1,130,108



124

Table of Contents


Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
 
Year Ended December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
2016

 
2015

 
2014

Operating Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net Income
$
181,461

 
$
160,704

 
$
163,042

Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities:
 
 

 

Share-Based Compensation
558

 
639

 
656

Net (Gains) Losses on Sales of Investment Securities
340

 
(9,870
)
 
(7,810
)
Equity in Undistributed Income of Subsidiaries
(61,482
)
 
(39,507
)
 
(21,223
)
Net Change in Other Assets and Other Liabilities
1,508

 
(481
)
 
78

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities
122,385

 
111,485

 
134,743

 
 
 
 
 
 
Investing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Capital Contributions to the Bank

 
(10,179
)
 

Proceeds from (Expenses related to) Sales of Investment Securities
(340
)
 
9,870

 
7,810

Purchase of Investment Securities Held-to-Maturity

 

 
(4,936
)
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities
(340
)
 
(309
)
 
2,874

 
 
 
 
 
 
Financing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from Issuance of Common Stock
9,079

 
15,364

 
9,995

Repurchase of Common Stock
(61,807
)
 
(52,981
)
 
(64,046
)
Cash Dividends Paid
(81,157
)
 
(78,367
)
 
(79,660
)
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities
(133,885
)
 
(115,984
)
 
(133,711
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents
(11,840
)
 
(4,808
)
 
3,906

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period
63,755

 
68,563

 
64,657

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period
$
51,915

 
$
63,755

 
$
68,563



125

Table of Contents


Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of December 31, 2016. The Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2016.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting. Internal control is designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and board of directors regarding the preparation of reliable published financial statements. Internal control over financial reporting includes self-monitoring mechanisms, and actions are taken to correct deficiencies as they are identified.

Because of inherent limitations in any system of internal control, no matter how well designed, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected, including the possibility of the circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even effective internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, because of changes in conditions, internal control effectiveness may vary over time.

Management assessed the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016. This assessment was based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in “Internal Control – Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework). Based on this assessment, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer assert that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 based on the specified criteria.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm who also has audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Ernst & Young LLP’s attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting appears on the following page and is incorporated by reference herein.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2016 that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

126

Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Bank of Hawaii Corporation

We have audited Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework, the “COSO criteria”). Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Bank of Hawaii Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of condition of Bank of Hawaii Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 and our report dated February 27, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 


/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Honolulu, Hawaii
February 27, 2017

127

Table of Contents


Item 9B. Other Information

None.

Part III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Certain information regarding the executive officers of the Parent is included under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Part I, Item 1 of this report. Other information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Bank of Hawaii Corporation Proxy Statement for the 2017 annual meeting of shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year to which this report relates.

The Parent’s Board of Directors has determined that Mark A. Burak, Robert Huret, Victor K. Nichols, and Raymond P. Vara, Jr., members of the Parent’s Audit and Risk Committee, are audit committee financial experts within the meaning of Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K. All members on the Audit and Risk Committee are independent and are financially literate within the meaning of Section 10A(m)(3) of the Exchange Act and the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, as applicable.

The Parent has adopted a written code of ethics within the meaning of Item 406 of Regulation S-K that applies to the Parent’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Accounting Officer. A copy of the Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers is available on the Company’s website, www.boh.com. The Parent intends to provide disclosure of any change to, or waiver from, the Parent’s Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers via its website.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Bank of Hawaii Corporation Proxy Statement for the 2017 annual meeting of shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Bank of Hawaii Corporation Proxy Statement for the 2017 annual meeting of shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Bank of Hawaii Corporation Proxy Statement for the 2017 annual meeting of shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
 
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Bank of Hawaii Corporation Proxy Statement for the 2017 annual meeting of shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year.


128

Table of Contents


Part IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
 
(a)
Financial Statements and Schedules

The following Consolidated Financial Statements of Bank of Hawaii Corporation and Subsidiaries are included in Item 8 of this report:

Consolidated Statements of Income – Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income – Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014

Consolidated Statements of Condition – December 31, 2016 and 2015

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity – Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

All other schedules to the Consolidated Financial Statements stipulated by Article 9 of Regulation S-X and all other schedules to the financial statements of the registrant required by Article 5 of Regulation S-X are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and, therefore, have been omitted.

129

Table of Contents


Exhibit Table
Exhibit
Number
 
 
3.1
 
Certificate of Incorporation of Bank of Hawaii Corporation (f/k/a Pacific Century Financial Corporation and Bancorp Hawaii, Inc.), as amended (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for its fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, as filed on February 28, 2006 (the “2005 10-K”)).
3.2    
 
Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of Bank of Hawaii Corporation (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 30, 2008 (the “April 30, 2008 8-K”)).
3.3
 
Amended and Restated By-Laws of Bank of Hawaii Corporation (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.2 to the April 30, 2008 8-K).
3.4
 
Amended and Restated By-Laws of Bank of Hawaii Corporation (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.2 to Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 19, 2013).
4.1    
 
Instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of Bank of Hawaii Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries are not filed as exhibits because the amount of debt authorized under any such instruments does not exceed 10% of the total assets of Bank of Hawaii Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries. Bank of Hawaii Corporation agrees to furnish a copy of any such instrument to the Commission upon request.
10.1  
 
Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Executive Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the 2005 10-K).*
10.2  
 
Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Executive Base Salary Deferral Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2005).*
10.3  
 
Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.7 to the 2005 10-K).*
10.4  
 
Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Director Stock Compensation Program, as amended (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.8 to the 2005 10-K).*
10.5  
 
Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Amended and Restated Director Stock Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference from Appendix B to Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A for the 2005 Annual Meeting of Shareholders filed on March 17, 2005).*
10.6  
 
Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Stock Option Plan of 1994, as amended (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.12 to the 2005 10-K).*
10.7  
 
Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s 2004 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference from Appendix C to Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A for the 2004 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, as filed on March 18, 2004).*
10.8
 
Amendment 2007-1 to the Bank of Hawaii Corporation 2004 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.13 to the Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, as filed on February 25, 2008 (the “2007 10-K”)).*
10.9
 
Amendment 2007-1 to the Bank of Hawaii Corporation Executive Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.16 to the 2007 10-K).*
10.10
 
Board Resolution for Amendment to the Restricted Stock and Option Awards under the Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Amended and Restated Director Stock Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on July 28, 2008).*
10.11
 
Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Amended and Restated Change-In-Control Retention Plan, (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on December 18, 2009).*
10.12
 
Amendment 2010-1 to the Bank of Hawaii Corporation Executive Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on July 26, 2010).*
10.13
 
Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s 2004 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan –Share Appreciation Replacement Program - 2011 Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference from Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on November 22, 2011).*
10.14
 
Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s 2004 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan - Form of 2012 Restricted Stock In Lieu Of Base Salary Grant Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on January 23, 2012).*
10.15
 
Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s 2004 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan – Form of 2012 Nonqualified Stock Option Grant Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 to Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on January 23, 2012).*

130

Table of Contents


10.16
 
Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s 2004 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan - Form of 2014 Restricted Stock Grant Agreement - Ho, Biggs & Sellers (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on January 29, 2014).*
10.17
 
Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s 2004 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan - Form of 2014 Restricted Stock Grant Agreement - Lucien & Rossi (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on January 29, 2014).*
10.18
 
Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s 2004 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan - Form of 2014 Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement - Ho, Biggs & Sellers (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on January 29, 2014).*
10.19
 
Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s 2004 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan - Form of 2014 Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement - Lucien & Rossi (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 to Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on January 29, 2014).*
10.20
 
Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s 2004 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan - Form of Special Incentive Agreement - Rossi & Sellers (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5 to Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on January 29, 2014).*
10.21
 
Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s 2014 Stock and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Appendix A to Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, as filed on March 14, 2014).*
10.22
 
Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s 2014 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan - Form of 2015 Restricted Stock Grant Agreement - Ho, Lucien, Biggs, Rossi & Sellers (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on January 28, 2015).*
10.23
 
Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s 2014 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan - Form of 2015 Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement - Ho, Lucien, Biggs, Rossi & Sellers (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on January 28, 2015).*
10.24
 
Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s 2015 Director Stock Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference from Appendix A to Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders filed on March 13, 2015).*
10.25
 
Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s 2014 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan - Form of 2016 Restricted Stock Grant Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.30 to the Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, as filed on February 29, 2016).*
10.26
 
Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s 2014 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan - Form of 2016 Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.31 to the Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, as filed on February 29, 2016).*
10.27
 
Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s 2004 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan - Amendment of 2011 Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, as filed on July 25, 2016).*
10.28
 
Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s 2004 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan - Amendment of 2012 Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Bank of Hawaii Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, as filed on July 25, 2016).*
21.1
 
Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
31.1
 
Certification on Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
31.2
 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
32
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101
 
Interactive Data File.
___________________________________

*     Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.



131


Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
Date:
February 27, 2017
Bank of Hawaii Corporation
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Peter S. Ho
 
 
 
Peter S. Ho
Chairman of the Board,
Chief Executive Officer, and
President
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Date: February 27, 2017
/s/ Peter S. Ho
 
/s/ S. Haunani Apoliona
Peter S. Ho
Chairman of the Board,
Chief Executive Officer, and
President
 
S. Haunani Apoliona, Director
/s/ Mary G. F. Bitterman
 
/s/ Mark A. Burak
Mary G. F. Bitterman, Director
 
Mark A. Burak, Director
 
/s/ Michael J. Chun
 
/s/ Clinton R. Churchill
Michael J. Chun, Director
 
Clinton R. Churchill, Director
/s/ Robert Huret
 
/s/ Kent T. Lucien
Robert Huret, Director
 
Kent T. Lucien, Director and
Chief Financial Officer
/s/ Victor K. Nichols
 
/s/ Barbara J. Tanabe
Victor K. Nichols, Director
 
Barbara J. Tanabe, Director
/s/ Raymond P. Vara, Jr.
 
/s/ Robert W. Wo
Raymond P. Vara, Jr., Director
 
Robert W. Wo, Director
/s/ Dean Y. Shigemura
 
 
Dean Y. Shigemura
Principal Accounting Officer
 
 

132